Contents
This owner’s manual should be considered a permanent part of the
vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold.
This owner’s manual covers all models of the Civic 2-Door. You may
find descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your
particular model.
Images throughout this owner’s manual (including the front cover)
represent features and equipment that are available on some, but
not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these
features.
This owner’s manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and
Canada.
The information and specifications included in this publication were
in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd.
reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications
or design at any time without notice and without incurring any
obligation.
2 Safe Driving P. 23
For Safe Driving P. 24 Seat Belts P. 28 Airbags P. 35
2 Instrument Panel P. 65
Indicators P. 66 Gauges and Displays P. 78
2 Controls P. 97
Setting the Clock P. 98 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 99
Opening and Closing the Moonroof
*
P. 113
Adjusting the Seats P. 123
2 Features P. 139
Audio System
*
P. 140 Audio System Basic Operation
*
P. 143
Bluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®
*
P. 173
2 Driving P. 197
Before Driving P. 198 Towing a Trailer P. 203
Refueling P. 227 Fuel Economy P. 230
2 Maintenance P. 233
Before Performing Maintenance P. 234 Maintenance Minder™ P. 237
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 272
Heating and Cooling
*
System Maintenance P. 285
2 Handling the Unexpected P. 291
Tools P. 292 If a Tire Goes Flat P. 293
Overheating P. 305 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 307
2 Information P. 317
Specifications P. 318 Identification Numbers P. 322
Emissions Testing P. 325 Warranty Coverages P. 327
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 0 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Online Reference Ow ner's M anual
2012 Civic Coupe
QRG
Quick Reference Guide
Index
Index
Home
Book Table of Contents
TOC
Chapter Table of Contents
Navigation Key
Home
QRG
Index
* Not available on all models
00X31-TR0-6000
© 2011 American Honda M otor Co, Inc. - All Rights Reserved
Contents
Child Safety P. 50 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 62 Safety Labels P. 63
Opening and Closing the Trunk P. 106 Security System P. 109 Opening and Closing the Windows P. 111
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 114 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 122
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 130 Heating and Cooling
*
P. 136
Audio Error Messages
*
P. 168 General Information on the Audio System
*
P. 170
When Driving P. 204 Braking P. 222 Parking Your Vehicle P. 226
Accessories and Modifications P. 231
Maintenance Under the Hood P. 245 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 262
Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 274 Battery P. 283 Remote Transmitter Care
*
P. 284
Cleaning P. 286
Engine Does Not Start P. 300 Jump Starting P. 301 Shift Lever Does Not Move P. 304
Fuses P. 312 Emergency Towing P. 316
Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 323 Reporting Safety Defects P. 324
Authorized Manuals P. 329 Customer Service Information P. 330
Quick Reference Guide
P. 2
Safe Driving
P. 23
Instrument Panel
P. 65
Controls
P. 97
Features
P. 139
Driving
P. 197
Maintenance
P. 233
Handling the Unexpected
P. 291
Information
P. 317
Index
P. 331
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 1 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
* Not available on all models
2012 Civic Coupe
2
Quick Reference Guide - 2012 Civic Coupe
Quick Reference Guide
Visual Index
❙ System Indicators (P66)
❙ Gauges (P78)
❙ Information Display
*
(P80)
❙ Navigation System
*
() See Navigation System Manual
❙ Audio System
*
(P140)
❙ Hazard Warning Button
❙ Heating and Cooling
*
System
(P136)
❙ Rear Window Defogger (P120)
❙ Seat Heater Switches
*
(P135)
❙ Ignition Switch (P114)
❙ (Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA
®
)
System OFF) Button
*
(P216)
❙ ECON Button
*
(P120)
❙ Heated Mirror Button
*
(P120)
❙ (Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA
®
)
System OFF) Button
*
(P216)
❙ Steering Wheel Adjustments
(P121)
❙ Multi-Information Display
*
(P82)
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 2 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
* Not available on all models
3
Quick Reference Guide - 2012 Civic Coupe
❙ Headlights/Turn Signals (P115)
❙ Fog Lights* (P117)
❙ Wipers/Washers (P118)
❙ Cruise Control Buttons* (P213)
❙ Km/Mile Change Knob (P78)
❙ CLOCK Knob* (P98)
❙ MENU Button* (P86)
❙ / / / Buttons* (P86)
+
–
❙ Navigation System Voice Control Buttons
() See Navigation System Manual
❙ Bluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®
System
Voice Control Buttons
*
(P173)
❙ (SEL/RESET) Knob (P80)
❙ SOURCE Button* (P86)
❙ (Display/Information) Button* (P82)
❙ Horn (Press an area around .)
❙ Brightness Control (P119)
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 3 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
*
(P82)
Visual Index
4
Quick Reference Guide - 2012 Civic Coupe
❙ Passenger's Front Airbag
(P38)
❙ Glove Box (P131)
❙ Accessory Power Socket
(P133)
❙ Shift Lever
Automatic Transmission
(P207)
Manual Transmission
(P210)
❙ Hood Release Handle (P247)
❙ Fuel Fill Door Release Handle (P228)
❙ Driver’s Pocket
❙ Trunk Release (P106)
❙ Auxiliary Input Jack (P141)
❙ Driver's Front Airbag (P38)
❙ Door Mirror Controls* (P122)
❙ Power Door Lock Master Switch* (P104)
❙ Power Window Switches (P111)
❙ Parking Brake (P222)
❙ Interior Fuse Box (P312)
❙ Rearview Mirror (P122)
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 4 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
* Not available on all models
*
5
Quick Reference Guide - 2012 Civic Coupe
❙ USB Adapter Cable*
(P141)
❙ Front Seat (P123)
❙ Side Airbags (P42)
❙ Coat Hook (P134)
❙ Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat) (P57)
❙ Side Curtain Airbags (P45)
❙ Ceiling Light (P130)
❙ Grab Handle
❙ Seat Belts (P28)
❙ Moonroof Switch* (P113)
❙ Map Lights* (P130)
❙ Sun Visors
❙ Vanity Mirrors
❙ Rear Seat (P129)
❙ Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat (P59)
❙ Accessory Power
Socket*
(P133)
❙ LATCH to Secure a Child Seat (P55)
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 5 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
Visual Index
6
Quick Reference Guide - 2012 Civic Coupe
❙ Maintenance Under the Hood (P245)
❙ Windshield Wipers (P118)
❙ Tires (P274)
❙ Fog Lights (P117)
❙ Door Lock/Unlock Control (P101)
❙ Power Door Mirrors* (P122)
❙ Headlights (P115)
❙ Back-Up Lights (P269)
❙ Rear Turn Signal Lights (P269)
❙ Brake/Taillights/Rear Side Marker
Lights
(P269)
❙ Emergency Trunk Release Lever
(P108)
❙ Opening/Closing the Trunk (P106)
❙ How to Refuel (P228)
❙ High-Mount Brake Light (P271)
❙ Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side Marker Lights (P115)
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 6 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
*
*
* Not available on all models
(P272)
(P293)
(P266)
(P262)
(P267)
6
7
Quick Reference Guide - 2012 Civic Coupe
Eco Assist System
*
(P120)
Ambient Meter
● Changes color to reflect your driving
style.
Green: Fuel efficient driving
Blue green: Moderate acceleration/
deceleration
Blue: Aggressive acceleration/
deceleration
● The ambient meter color changes in
accordance with your brake or
accelerator pedal operation.
ECON Button
(P120)
Helps maximize fuel economy.
ECON Mode Indicator
(P75)
Comes on when the ECON button is pressed.
This message is displayed for a few seconds
when the ECON button is pressed.
Models with multi-information display
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 7 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
8
Quick Reference Guide - 2012 Civic Coupe
Safe Driving (P23)
Airbags (P35)
● Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and
your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.
Child Safety
(P50)
● All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat.
● Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat.
● Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat.
Exhaust Gas Hazard
(P62)
● Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain carbon
monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined spaces where carbon
monoxide gas can accumulate.
Before Driving Checklist
(P27)
● Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints,
steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted.
Seat Belts
(P28)
● Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well
back in the seat.
● Check that your passengers are wearing
their seat belts correctly.
Fasten your lap belt as
low as possible.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 8 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
9
Quick Reference Guide - 2012 Civic Coupe
Instrument Panel (P65)
U. S.
Canada
U. S.
Canada
System Indicators
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
Low Oil Pressure
Indicator
Charging System
Indicator
Anti-lock Brake
System (ABS)
Indicator
Vehicle Stability
Assist (VSA
®
) System
Indicator
VSA
®
OFF Indicator
Low Tire Pressure
Indicator
*
/
Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator
*
Electric Power
Steering (EPS)
Indicator
Lights Reminders
Lights On Indicator
High Beam Indicator
Fog Light Indicator
*
Immobilizer System
Indicator
Seat Belt Reminder
Indicator
System Indicators
Cruise Control
Indicator
*
System Message
Indicator
*
Parking Brake
and Brake System
Indicator
Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator
Side Airbag Off
Indicator
Door Open Indicator
Cruise Main Indicator
*
Tachometer
Instant Fuel
Economy Gauge
*
Speedometer
Fuel Gauge
Security System
Alarm Indicator
*
Shift Lever Position Indicator
*
Low Fuel Indicator
Gauges
(P78)/Information Display
*
(P80)/
Multi-Information Display
*
(P82)/System Indicators (P66)
Trunk Open Indicator
ECON Mode Indicator
*
TPMS Indicator
*
Turn Signal and
Hazard Warning
Indicators
High Temperature
Indicator
Low Temperature
Indicator
Maintenance Minder
Indicator
*
Daytime Running
Lights Indicator
*
i-VTEC
Indicator
REV
Indicator
2.4 ℓ engine models
Ambient Meter
*
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 9 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
10
Quick Reference Guide - 2012 Civic Coupe
Controls (P97)
Turn Signals (P115)
Turn Signal Control Lever
Right
Left
Lights (P115)
Light Control Switches
Low Beam
High Beam
Flashing
Wipers and Washers
(P118)
Wiper/Washer Control Lever
Adjustment Ring
: Long Delay
: Short Delay
MIST
OFF
INT: Low speed with intermittent
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
Pull toward
you to spray
washer fluid.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 10 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
11
Quick Reference Guide - 2012 Civic Coupe
Steering Wheel (P121)
● To adjust, pull the adjustment lever
towards you, adjust to the desired
position, then lock the lever back in place.
Unlocking the Doors
from the Inside
(P103)
● Pull either door inner handle to unlock
and open it at the same time.
Trunk (P106)
● To unlock and open the trunk:
• Pull the trunk release.
• Press the trunk release button
*
.
• Turn the key in the cylinder on the trunk
*
.
Power Door Mirrors
*
(P122)
● With the ignition switch in ON
(w , move
the selector switch to L or R.
● Push the appropriate edge of the
adjustment switch to adjust the mirror.
Trunk Release
Selector Switch
Adjustment Switch
Power Windows (P111)
● With the ignition switch in ON
(w , open
and close the power windows.
● If the power window lock button is in the
OFF position, the passenger's window can
be opened and closed with its own
switch.
● If the power window lock button is in the
ON position (indicator is on), the
passenger's window switch is disabled.
Power Window Lock Button
Window
Switch
Indicator
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 11 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
12
Quick Reference Guide - 2012 Civic Coupe
Heating and Cooling
*
System (P136)
● Rotate the fan control dial to adjust the fan speed.
● Press the Mode buttons ( / / / ) to select the vents air flows from.
● Rotate the temperature control dial to adjust the temperature.
● Use the button for maximum cool setting.
● Rotate the fan control dial to OFF to turn the system off.
● Press the button to defrost the windshield.
Fan Control
Dial
(Rear Window Defogger/
Heated Mirror
*
) Button
(Windshield
Defroster) Button
A/C (Air Conditioning) Button
*
Air flows from floor and
windshield defroster vents.
Air flows from floor vents.
Air flows from floor and
dashboard vents.
Air flows from dashboard
vents.
Button
Button
Button
*
(Recirculation) Button
Temperature
Control Dial
Button
Button
Clock (P98)
a Press the CLOCK knob to access the
clock adjustment mode screen.
b Turn the CLOCK knob to adjust the
hours.
c Press the CLOCK knob. The display
switches to minute adjustment.
d Turn the CLOCK knob to adjust the
minutes.
e Press the CLOCK knob to complete
clock adjustment.
The navigation system receives signals from
GPS satellites, updating the clock
automatically.
Models without navigation system
Models with navigation system
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 12 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
* Not available on all models
12
13
Quick Reference Guide - 2012 Civic Coupe
Features (P139)
Audio system
*
(P140) For navigation system operation () See Navigation System Manual
Audio Display
AM Button
FM Button
(Power) Button
CD Button
AUX Button
CD Slot
(CD Eject) Button
SCAN Button
Preset Buttons (1-6)
SKIP/SEEK Button
Button
SETUP Button
Selector Knob
Button
(Sound) Button
SKIP/SEEK Button
(P143)
On models with information display
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 13 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
14
Quick Reference Guide - 2012 Civic Coupe
00230075°
F miles
(P151)
On models with multi-information display
Multi-Information Display
AM Button
FM Button
SCAN Button
SKIP/SEEK Button
Selector Knob
Button
(Sound)
Button
*
(Power)
Button
CD Button
AUX Button
CD Slot
(CD Eject)
Button
Preset Buttons
(1-6)
Button
SETUP Button
SKIP/SEEK Button
PHONE Button
*
● Audio Remote Controls
*
(P152)
● / Button
Press and release to adjust the volume up/
down.
● SOURCE Button
Press and release to change the audio
mode: FM1/FM2/AM/CD/AUX.
● / Button
Radio:Press and release to change the
preset station.
Press and hold to select the next or
previous strong station.
CD/USB device:
Press and release to skip to the
beginning of the next song or
return to the beginning of the
current song.
Press and hold to change a folder.
/ / / Button
+
–
SOURCE
Button
+
–
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 14 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
* Not available on all models
14
15
Quick Reference Guide - 2012 Civic Coupe
Driving (P197)
2
1
D3
P
R
N
D
Release Button
Shift Lever
Depress the brake pedal and press the
release button to move out of
(P .
Move the shift lever without
pressing the release button.
Press the release button to
move the shift lever.
Manual Transmission
(P210)
Automatic Transmission (P208)
● Shift to
(P and depress the brake pedal when starting the engine.
● Shifting
Park
Turn off or start the engine.
Transmission is locked.
Reverse
Neutral
Transmission is not locked.
Drive
Normal driving.
Drive (D3)
Used when going up or down
hills
Second
Used to increase engine braking
(the transmission is locked in 2nd gear)
First
Used to further increase engine braking
(the transmission is locked in 1st gear)
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 15 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
16
Quick Reference Guide - 2012 Civic Coupe
VSA
®
OFF Button (P217)
● The vehicle stability assist (VSA
®
) system
helps stabilize the vehicle during
cornering, and helps maintain traction
while accelerating on loose or slippery
road surfaces.
● VSA
®
comes on automatically every time
you start the engine.
● To turn VSA
®
on or off, press and hold
the button until you hear a beep.
Cruise Control
*
(P213)
● Cruise control allows you to maintain a
set speed without keeping your foot on
the accelerator pedal.
● To use cruise control, press the CRUISE
button, then press once you have
received the desired speed (above 25 mph
or 40 km/h).
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS)
(P218)
● TPMS monitors tire pressure.
● TPMS is turned on automatically every
time you start the engine.
–/SET
U.S. models only
Refueling (P227)
a Push the fuel fill door
release handle.
b Turn the fuel fill cap
slowly to remove the
cap.
c Place the cap in the
holder on the fuel fill
door.
d After refueling, screw
the cap back on until it
clicks at least once.
Fuel recommendation:
Unleaded gasoline with a pump octane number 87 or
higher required
Premium unleaded gasoline with a pump octane number
91 or higher recommended
Fuel tank capacity: 13.2 US gal (50 L)
1.8 ℓ engine models
2.4 ℓ engine models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 16 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
* Not available on all models
17
Quick Reference Guide - 2012 Civic Coupe
Maintenance (P233)
Under the Hood (P245)
● Check engine oil, engine coolant, and windshield washer
fluid. Add when necessary.
● Check brake fluid and clutch fluid.
● Check the battery regularly.
a Pull the hood release handle under the corner of the
dashboard.
b Locate the hood latch lever, pull the lever up, and lift up
the hood.
c When finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly
locked in place.
Lights (P262)
● Inspect all lights regularly.
Wiper Blades (P272)
● Replace blades if they leave streaks
across the windshield.
Tires
(P274)
● Inspect tires and wheels regularly.
● Check tire pressures regularly.
● Install snow tires for winter
driving.
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 17 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
18
Quick Reference Guide - 2012 Civic Coupe
Handling the Unexpected (P291)
Flat Tire (P293)
● Park in a safe location and replace the
flat tire with the compact spare tire in the
trunk.
Indicators Come On
(P307)
● Identify the indicator and consult the
owner's manual.
Engine Won't Start
(P 300)
● If the battery is dead, jump start using a
booster battery.
Blown Fuse (P312)
● Check for a blown fuse if an electrical
device does not operate.
Overheating (P305)
● Park in a safe location. If you do not see
steam under the hood, open the hood,
and let the engine cool down.
Emergency Towing
(P316)
● Call a professional towing service if you
need to tow your vehicle.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 18 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
19
Quick Reference Guide - 2012 Civic Coupe
What to Do If
The ignition switch does
not turn from
(0 to (q.
Why?
●
The steering wheel may be locked.
●
Try to turn the steering wheel left and right
while turning the ignition key.
The ignition switch does
not turn from
(q to (0 and
I cannot remove the key.
Why?
The shift lever should be moved to (P.
Why does the brake pedal
pulsate slightly when
applying the brakes?
This can occur when the ABS activates, and does not indicate a
problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never
pump the brake pedal.
Why do the doors lock
after I unlocked the doors
using a remote
transmitter?
If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are
relocked automatically for security.
Models with remote transmitter
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 19 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
20
Quick Reference Guide - 2012 Civic Coupe
Why does the beeper
sound when I open the
driver's door?
The beeper sounds when:
●
The key is left in the ignition switch.
●
The exterior lights are left on.
Why does the beeper
sound when I start driving?
The beeper sounds when:
●
Driver and/or front passenger are not wearing their seat belts.
●
The parking brake lever is not fully released.
Why do I hear a screeching
sound when I apply the
brake pedal?
The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.
Is it possible to use
unleaded gasoline with a
Pump Octane Number
(PON) of 87 or higher on
this vehicle?
Unleaded gasoline with a PON of 91 or higher is recommended.
If premium unleaded gasoline with a PON of 91 or higher is not
available, you can temporarily use the gasoline with a PON of
87 or higher.
This will result in decreased engine performance, and can cause
occasional metallic knocking noise in the engine.
2.4 ℓ engine models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 20 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
21
Quick Reference Guide - 2012 Civic Coupe
California Proposition 65 Warning
Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR).
The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related
to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of
time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation
occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law
enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
WARNING: This product contains or emits
chemicals known to the state of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other reproductive
harm.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required,
and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the
vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that
have the special equipment, can read the information if they have
access to the vehicle or the EDR.
The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by
anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the
vehicle owner.
Service Diagnostic Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record
information about powertrain performance. The data can be used
to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians
diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with
data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains
confidential.
California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act
The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this
vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may
apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/
As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded
by a symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid
damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.
NOTICE
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 21 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
22
Quick Reference Guide
A Few Words About Safety
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And
operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility.
To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have
provided operating procedures and other information on labels and
in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that
could hurt you or others.
Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the
hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You
must use your own good judgement.
You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms,
including:
● Safety Labels - on the vehicle.
● Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol
3 and
one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION.
These signal words mean:
● Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions.
● Safety Section - such as Safe Driving.
● Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.
This entire book is filled with important safety information - please
read it carefully.
3DANGER
You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don't follow instructions.
3WARNING
You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don't follow instructions.
3CAUTION
You CAN be HURT if you don't follow
instructions.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 22 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
- 2012 Civic Coup
23
Safe Driving
You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.
For Safe Driving
Important Safety Precautions ............. 24
Your Vehicle's Safety Features............ 26
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts........................ 28
Fastening a Seat Belt.......................... 31
Seat Belt Inspection............................ 34
Airbags
Airbag System Components............... 35
Types of Airbags ................................ 38
Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 38
Side Airbags....................................... 42
Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 45
Airbag System Indicators.................... 46
Airbag Care ....................................... 49
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers ............... 50
Safety of Infants and Small Children .. 52
Safety of Larger Children ................... 60
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas....................... 62
Safety Labels
Label Locations .................................. 63
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 23 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
2012 Civic Coupe
24
Safe Driving
For Safe Driving
The following pages explain your vehicle's safety features and how to use them
properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the
most important.
Important Safety Precautions
■ Always wear your seat belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped
with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and
wear them properly.
■ Restrain all children
Children age 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the
front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger
children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the
belt properly without a booster seat.
■ Be aware of airbag hazards
While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants
who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children,
and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and
warnings in this manual.
■ Don't drink and drive
Alcohol and driving don't mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to
changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink.
So don't drink and drive, and don't let your friends drink and drive, either.
1Important Safety Precautions
Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use
of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the
driver while driving.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 24 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
25
uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Safety Precautions
Safe Driving
■ Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely
Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying
close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash.
Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to
divert some attention away from driving.
■ Control your speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher
the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds.
Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.
■ Keep your vehicle in safe condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous.
To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition
frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 25 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
26
uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle's Safety Features
Safe Driving
Your Vehicle's Safety Features
The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and
your passengers.
1Your Vehicle's Safety Features
Your vehicle is equipped with many features that
work together to help protect you and your
passengers during a crash.
Some features do not require any action on your part.
These include a strong steel framework that forms a
safety cage around the passenger compartment,
front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering
column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat
belts in a sufficient crash.
However, you and your passengers cannot take full
advantage of these features unless you remain seated
in the correct position and always wear your seat
belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to
injuries if they are not used properly.
Safety Cage
Crush Zones
Seats and Seat-Backs
Head Restraints
Collapsible Steering Column
Seat Belts
Front Airbags
Side Airbags
Side Curtain Airbags
Door Locks
Seat Belt Tensioners
Occupant Position Detection
System (OPDS) Sensor
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
6
9
12
10
11
7
8
7
10
8
9
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 26 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
27
uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle's Safety Features
Safe Driving
For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items
each time before you drive.
• After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure both doors are closed and locked.
Locking the doors helps prevent an occupant from being ejected and an outsider
from unexpectedly opening a door.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 103
• Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are
adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the
vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a
crash.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 123
• Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective
when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller
persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.
2 Adjusting the Head Restraints P. 125
• Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any
passengers are properly belted as well.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 31
• Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a child's age, height
and weight.
2 Child Safety P. 50
■
Safety CheckList
1Safety CheckList
If the door open indicator is on, a door is not
completely closed. Close both doors tightly until the
indicator goes off.
2 Door Open Indicator P. 70
*
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 27 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
28
Safe Driving
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts
Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you
connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety
features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the
vehicle, against other passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat
belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full
advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags.
In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including:
- frontal impacts
- side impacts
- rear impacts
- rollovers
■ Lap/shoulder seat belts
All five seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with emergency
locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely while keeping
some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the retractor locks to
restrain your body. The rear seat belts also have a lockable retractor for use with
child seats.
2 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 57
1About Your Seat Belts
Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every
crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your
risk of serious injury.
Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories
require you to wear seat belts.
3
WARNING
Not wearing a seat belt properly increases
the chance of serious injury or death in a
crash, even though your vehicle has
airbags.
Be sure you and your passengers always
wear seat belts and wear them properly.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 28 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
Continued
29
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
Safe Driving
■ Proper use of seat belts
Follow these guidelines for proper use:
• All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position
for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduces the effectiveness of
the belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
• Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or
behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash.
• Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort
or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability
and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
Your vehicle monitors front seat belt use. If
the ignition switch is turned to ON
(w before
the driver's seat belt is fastened, a beeper will
sound and the indicator will blink. If the driver
does not fasten the belt before the beeper
stops, the indicator will remain on.
The beeper will also periodically sound and
the indicator will blink while driving until the
driver's and front passenger’s seat belts are
fastened.
■
Seat Belt Reminder
1About Your Seat Belts
If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends
the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If
this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the
seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely.
Then refasten the belt.
1Seat Belt Reminder
The indicator will also come on if a front passenger
does not fasten their seat belt within 6 seconds after
the ignition switch is turned to ON
(w .
When no one is sitting in the front passenger's seat,
or a child or small adult is riding there, the indicator
will not come on.
This is because the weight sensors in the seat cannot
detect their presence.
*
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 29 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
30
Safe Driving
The front seats are equipped with automatic seat belt tensioners to enhance safety.
The tensioners automatically tighten the front seat belts during a moderate-to-
severe frontal collision, sometimes even if the collision is not severe enough to
inflate the front airbags.
■
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
The seat belt tensioners can only operate once.
If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come
on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and
thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not
offer protection in a subsequent crash.
During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the
tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 30 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
31
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Continued
Safe Driving
Fastening a Seat Belt
After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well
back in the seat:
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 123
1. Pull the seat belt out slowly.
2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then
tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is
secure.
u Make sure that the belt is not twisted or
caught on anything.
1Fastening a Seat Belt
No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat
belt or one that does not appear to be working
correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working
properly may not protect the occupant in a crash.
Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible.
Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or
retractor mechanism.
Pull out slowly.
Correct
Seated
Posture.
Latch
Plate
Buckle
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 31 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
32
Safe Driving
3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as
possible across your hips, then pull up on
the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part
fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic
bones take the force of a crash and reduces
the chance of internal injuries.
4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to
remove any slack, then check that the belt
rests across the center of your chest and
over your shoulder. This spreads the forces
of a crash over the strongest bones in your
upper body.
1Fastening a Seat Belt
To release the belt, push the red PRESS button then
guide the belt by hand until it has retracted
completely.
When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is out of
the way and will not get caught by closing the door.
3
WARNING
Improperly positioning the seat belts can
cause serious injury or death in a crash.
Make sure all seat belts are properly
positioned before driving.
Lap belt
as low as
possible
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 32 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
33
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Safe Driving
If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when
driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the
belt as low as possible across the hips.
■
Advice for Pregnant Women
1Advice for Pregnant Women
Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is
okay for you to drive.
To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your
unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front
airbag:
• When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far
back as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle.
• When sitting in the front passenger's seat, adjust
the seat as far back as possible.
Wear the shoulder belt
across the chest avoiding
the abdomen.
Wear the lap part of the
belt as low as possible
across the hips.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 33 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
34
uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection
Safe Driving
Seat Belt Inspection
Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows:
• Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear.
• Check that the latches work smoothly and the belts retract easily.
u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only
use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make
sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract.
Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper
protection and should be replaced as soon as possible.
A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of
protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after
any collision.
1Seat Belt Inspection
3
WARNING
Not checking or maintaining seat belts can
result in serious injury or death if the seat
belts do not work properly when needed.
Check your seat belts regularly and have
any problem corrected as soon as possible.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 34 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
35
Continued
Safe Driving
Airbags
Airbag System Components
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 35 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
36
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components
Safe Driving
The front, front side, and side curtain
airbags are deployed according to the
direction and severity of impact. The airbag
system includes:
a Two SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)
front airbags. The driver's airbag is stored
in the center of the steering wheel; the
front passenger's airbag is stored in the
dashboard. Both are marked "SRS
AIRBAG."
b Two side airbags, one for the driver and
one for a front passenger. The airbags are
stored in the outer edges of the seat-
backs. Both are marked "SIDE AIRBAG."
c Two side curtain airbags, one for each
side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored
in the ceiling, above the side windows.
The front and rear pillars are marked
"SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG."
d An electronic control unit that continually
monitors and records information about
the sensors, the airbag activators, the
seat belt tensioners, and driver and front
passenger seat belt use when the ignition
switch is in ON
(w.
e Automatic front seat belt tensioners. The
driver's and front passenger's seat belts
incorporate sensors that detect whether
or not they are fastened.
f A driver's seat position sensor. If the seat
is too far forward, the airbag will inflate
with less force.
g Weight sensors in the front passenger's
seat. The front passenger's airbag will be
turned off if the weight on the seat is 65
lbs (29 kg) or less (the weight of an infant
or small child).
h Impact sensors that can detect a
moderate to severe front or side collision.
i An indicator on the dashboard that alerts
you that the front passenger's front
airbag has been turned off.
j Sensors that can detect if a child or small
statured adult is in the deployment path
of the front passenger's side airbag.
k An indicator on the instrument panel that
alerts you to a possible problem with your
airbag system or seat belt tensioners.
l An indicator on the instrument panel that
alerts you that the front passenger's side
airbag has been turned off.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 36 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
37
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components
Safe Driving
Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with
tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause minor injuries,
sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing their seat belts properly and
sitting correctly.
What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as
far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as
possible.
Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that
can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags
deploy.
Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag.
Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp
object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates.
Do not attach or place objects on the front airbag covers. Objects on the
covers marked ”SRS AIRBAG” could interfere with the proper operation of the
airbags or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the airbags inflate.
■
Important facts about your airbags
1Important facts about your airbags
Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together,
airbags and seat belts provide the best protection.
When driving, keep hands and arms out of the
deployment path of the front airbag by holding each
side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over
the airbag cover.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 37 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
38
uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags
Safe Driving
Types of Airbags
Your vehicle is equipped with three types of airbags:
• Front airbags: Airbags in front of the driver's and front passenger's seats.
• Side airbags: Airbags in the driver's and front passenger's seat-backs.
• Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows.
Each is discussed in the following pages.
Front Airbags (SRS)
The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate to severe frontal collision to help protect
the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger.
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant's primary
restraint system.
The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and
in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.
■
Housing Locations
1Types of Airbags
The airbags can inflate whenever the ignition switch
is in ON
(w .
1Front Airbags (SRS)
Dual-Stage, Multiple-Threshold Front Airbags
(SRS)
Your vehicle is equipped with dual-stage, multiple-
threshold front airbags (SRS).
During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or
both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate
at different rates, depending on the severity of the
crash, whether or not the seat belts are latched, and/
or other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to
supplement the seat belts to help reduce the
likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal
crashes.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 38 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
Continued
39
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions.
When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control
unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate.
A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a
vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall.
While your seat belt restrains your torso, the
front airbag provides supplemental protection
for your head and chest.
The front airbags deflate immediately so that
they won't interfere with the driver's visibility
or the ability to steer or operate other
controls.
The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not
aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them.
■
Operation
■
How the Front Airbags Work
1How the Front Airbags Work
After a front airbag inflates in a crash, you may see
what looks like smoke. This is actually powder from
the airbag's surface. Although the powder is not
harmful, people with respiratory problems may
experience some temporary discomfort. If this occurs,
get out of the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
Although the driver's and front passenger's airbags
normally inflate within a split second of each other, it
is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can
happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin,
or threshold, that determines whether or not the
airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will
provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental
protection offered by the airbag would be minimal.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 39 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
40
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
■ When front airbags should not deploy
Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and
help save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might occur
during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash.
Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration
causes a driver or front passenger to move towards the front of the vehicle. Side
airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help reduce the
severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which
can cause the driver or passenger to move towards the side of the vehicle.
Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear
impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed
to deploy in such collisions.
Rollovers: Seat belts and, in vehicles equipped with a rollover sensor, side airbags
and side curtain airbags offer the best protection in a rollover. Because front airbags
could provide little if any protection, they are not designed to deploy during a
rollover.
■ When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the
vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.
Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object
that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is
underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.
■ When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage
appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of
visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some
collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags
would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they
had deployed.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 40 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
41
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
Your front airbags have advanced features to reduce the likelihood of airbag related
injuries to smaller occupants.
The driver's advanced front airbag system
includes a seat position sensor.
If the seat is too far forward, the airbag
inflates with less force, regardless of the
severity of the impact.
The passenger's advanced front airbag system
has weight sensors.
Although Honda recommends against
carrying an infant or small child in front, if the
sensors detect the weight of a child (up to
about 65 lbs or 29 kg), the system will
automatically turn off the passenger's front
airbag.
■
Advanced Airbags
1Advanced Airbags
If there is a problem with the driver's seat position
sensor, the SRS indicator will come on and the airbag
will inflate with full (normal) force, regardless of the
driver's seating position.
For both advanced front airbags to work properly:
• Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats.
• Do not put any object under the passenger’s seat.
• Make sure any objects are positioned properly on
the floor. Improperly positioned objects can
interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.
• All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat
belts properly.
Make sure the floor mat behind the front passenger’s
seat is hooked to the floor mat anchor. An improperly
placed mat can interfere with the advanced airbag
sensors.
2 Floor Mats P. 287
Driver’s
Seat
Position
Sensor
Passenger’s
Seat
Weight
Sensor
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 41 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
42
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
Safe Driving
Side Airbags
The side airbags help protect the upper torso of the driver or a front passenger
during a moderate-to-severe side impact.
The side airbags are housed in the outside
edge of the driver's and passenger's seat-
backs.
Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
When the sensors detect a moderate-to-
severe side impact, the control unit signals the
side airbag on the impact side to immediately
inflate.
■
Housing Locations
1Side Airbags
Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags.
They can interfere with the proper operation of the
airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.
If the impact is on the passenger side, the airbag
deploys even if there is no passenger’s in the
passenger seat.
Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers
without consulting a dealer.
Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back
covers can prevent your side airbags from properly
deploying during a side impact.
Housing
Location
■
Operation
When
inflated
Side
Airbag
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 42 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
43
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
Continued
Safe Driving
■ When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag systems senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side
of the vehicle's framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there
may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough
impact to deploy the airbag.
■ When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears
severe
It is possible for a side airbag to not deploy during an impact that results in
apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was towards
the far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicle's crushable body parts
absorbed most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have
been needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 43 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
44
Safe Driving
To reduce the likelihood that a front passenger may be injured by an inflating side
airbag, the passenger side airbag is automatically turned off when:
• The height sensors detect a child or short-statured adult is seated in the front
passenger seat.
• The position sensor detects that the front passenger is leaning into the
deployment path of the side airbag.
When the side airbag cutoff system is activated, the side airbag off indicator comes
on.
2 Side Airbag Off Indicator P. 48
If the side airbag off indicator comes on, have the passenger sit upright. A few
seconds after the passenger is sitting properly, the side airbag will automatically be
turned on, and the indicator will go off.
If the front passenger is a child, stop when it is safe to do so, and have the child sit
properly restrained in a rear seat.
■
Side Airbag Cutoff System
■
Side Airbag Off Indicator
1Side Airbag Cutoff System
The sensors that monitor the front passenger's height
and body position may not work if:
• The seat-back is wet
• The passenger is touching a metal or other
electrical conductive object
• A seat cushion is on the seat
• The passenger is wearing excessively thick clothing
Sensor that
monitor the
passenger’s height.
Sensor that monitor
the passenger’s position.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 44 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
45
uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags
Safe Driving
Side Curtain Airbags
The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in outer
seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact.
The side curtain airbags are located in the
ceiling above the side windows on both sides
of the vehicle.
The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy
in a moderate-to-severe side impact.
■ When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision
One or both side curtain airbags may inflate in a moderate to severe angled frontal
collision.
In this case, the side curtain airbags will deploy slightly after the front airbags.
■
Housing Locations
1Side Curtain Airbags
The side curtain airbags are most effective when an
occupant is wearing their seat belt properly and
sitting upright, well back in their seat.
Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof
pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation
of the side curtain airbags.
Side Curtain Airbag Storage
■
Operation
Deployed Side Curtain Airbag
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 45 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
46
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
Safe Driving
Airbag System Indicators
If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a
message appears on the multi-information display
*
.
■ When the ignition switch is turned to
ON
(w
The indicator comes on for a few seconds,
then goes off. This tells you the system is
working properly.
If the indicator comes on at any other time, or does not come on at all, have the
system checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you don't, your airbags and seat
belt tensioners may not work properly when they are needed.
■
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Indicator
1Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
3
WARNING
Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in
serious injury or death if the airbag systems
or tensioners do not work properly.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as
soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts
you to a possible problem.
*
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 46 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
Continued
47
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
Safe Driving
■ When the passenger airbag off
indicator comes on
The indicator comes on to alert you that the
passenger's front airbag has been turned off.
This occurs when the weight sensors detect
65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the weight of an infant
or small child, on the seat.
Infants and small children should always ride properly restrained in a back seat.
2 Child Safety P. 50
Objects placed on the seat can also cause the indicator to come on.
If the front passenger seat is empty, the passenger's front airbag will not deploy and
the indicator will not come on.
■
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
1Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
If the indicator comes on with no front passenger and
no objects on the passenger’s seat, or with an adult
riding there, something may be interfering with the
weight sensors. Such as:
• An object hanging on the seat or in the seat-back
pocket.
• A child seat or other object pressing against the
rear of the seat-back.
• A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of
the front passenger's seat.
• The front seat or seat-back is forced back against
an object on the seat or floor behind it.
• An object placed under the front passenger's seat.
If none of these conditions exist, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
The passenger airbag off indicator may come on and
goes off repeatedly if the total weight on the seat is
near the airbag cutoff threshold.
U.S. Canada
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 47 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
48
Safe Driving
■ When the side airbag off indicator comes on
This indicator comes on if the passenger's side airbag has been turned off because
the passenger is too small to be sitting in the front seat, is slouching or not sitting
upright, or has leaned into the airbag's deployment path.
Unless the passenger is a smaller statured adult or a child, the indicator should go
off when the passenger returns to a proper upright sitting position.
■
Side Airbag Off Indicator
1Side Airbag Off Indicator
When you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w , the
indicator should come on for a few seconds and then
go out. If it doesn't come on, stays on, or comes on
while driving without a passenger in the front seat,
have the system checked by a dealer as soon as
possible.
*
Canada
U.S.
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 48 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
49
uuAirbagsuAirbag Care
Safe Driving
Airbag Care
You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any
airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer in the following situations:
■ When the airbags have deployed
If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced.
Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be
replaced.
■ When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision
Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the driver’s
seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passenger’s seat, front seat belt
tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash.
■ Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer
This would likely disable the driver's seat position sensor or the weight sensors in the
passenger's seat. If it is necessary to remove or modify a front seat to accommodate
a person with disabilities, contact a Honda dealer, or for U.S. vehicles, American
Honda Automobile Customer Service at 800-999-1009 and for Canadian vehicles,
Honda Canada Customer Relations at 888-9-HONDA-9.
1Airbag Care
We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag
system components, including the airbag, tensioners,
sensors, and control unit.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 49 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
50
Safe Driving
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers
Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are
either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle accidents are the
number one cause of death of children age 12 and under.
To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province
and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride
in a vehicle.
Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because:
• An inflating front or side airbag can injure
or kill a child sitting in the front seat.
• A child in the front seat is more likely to
interfere with the driver's ability to safely
control the vehicle.
• Statistics show that children of all sizes and
ages are safer when they are properly
restrained in a rear seat.
1Protecting Child Passengers
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration and Transport Canada recommend
that all children age 12 and under be properly
restrained in a rear seat. Some states or provinces/
territories have laws restricting where children may
ride.
3
WARNING
Children who are unrestrained or
improperly restrained can be seriously
injured or killed in a crash.
Any child too small for a seat belt should be
properly restrained in a child seat. A larger
child should be properly restrained with a
seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 50 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
51
uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers
Safe Driving
• Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an
approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the lap belt
portion of the lap/shoulder belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system.
• Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the
event of a collision.
• Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would
likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries.
• Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments.
• Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when
the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate
vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly.
1Protecting Child Passengers
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
To remind you of the passenger's front airbag
hazards and child safety, your vehicle has warning
labels on the dashboard (U.S. models) and on the
front visors. Please read and follow the instructions
on these labels.
2 Safety Labels P. 63
3
WARNING
Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or
wrap one around their neck can result in
serious injury or death.
Instruct children not to play with any seat
belt and make sure any unused seat belt a
child can reach is buckled, fully retracted,
and locked.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 51 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
52
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
Safety of Infants and Small Children
An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child seat until the
infant reaches the seat maker's weight or height limit for the seat, and the infant is
at least one year old.
■ Positioning a rear-facing child seat
Child seats must be placed and secured in a
rear seating position.
When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front
passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back
in the desired position.
It can also interfere with proper operation of the passenger's advanced front airbag
system.
2 Airbags P. 35
If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front
passenger's seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied.
Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat.
■
Protecting Infants
1Protecting Infants
Rear-facing child seats should never be installed in a
forward facing position.
Always refer to the child seat manufacturer’s
instructions before installation.
3
WARNING
Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front
seat can result in serious injury or death
during a crash.
Always place a rear-facing child seat in the
rear seat, not the front.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 52 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
Continued
53
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
If a child is at least one year old and within the weight range indicated by the child
seat manufacturer, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly secured
forward-facing child seat.
■ Forward-facing child seat placement
We strongly recommend placing a forward-
facing child seat in a rear seating position.
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with
advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passenger's front airbag off. A
rear seat is the safest place for a child.
■
Protecting Smaller Children
1Protecting Smaller Children
Educate yourself about the laws and regulations
regarding child seat use where you are driving, and
follow the child seat manufacturer's instructions.
Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat
up to age two, if the child’s height and weight are
appropriate for a rear-facing seat.
3
WARNING
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the
front seat can result in serious injury or
death if the front airbag inflates.
If you must place a forward-facing child
seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far
back as possible, and properly restrain the
child.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 53 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
54
Safe Driving
Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren).
Some have a rigid-type connector, while others have a flexible-type connector. Both
are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be
installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat
manufacturer's use and care instructions as well as the instructions in this manual.
Proper installation is key to maximizing your child's safety.
In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH compatible
child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security.
This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured
with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat
manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat
once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owner’s manual
for proper installation instructions.
■ Important consideration when selecting a child seat
Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements:
• The child seat is the correct type and size for the child.
• The child seat is the correct type for the seating position.
• The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
■
Selecting a Child Seat
1Selecting a Child Seat
Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is
simple.
LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed
to simplify the installation process and reduce the
likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 54 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
Continued
55
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in either of the two outer rear seats.
A child seat is attached to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of
connectors.
1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks.
2. Unlock the seat-back from inside the trunk,
then slightly fold it down.
2 Folding Down the Rear Seats P. 129
3. Remove the head restraint, and store it in a
safe place.
2 Removing and Reinstalling the Head
Restraints P. 126
4. Lock the seat-back upright by pushing it
firmly against the trunk panel.
5. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat then
attach the child seat to the lower anchors
according to the instructions that came
with the child seat.
u When installing the child seat, make sure
that the lower anchors are not
obstructed by the seat belt or any other
object.
■
Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
Reinstall the head restraint when the child seat is
removed.
Marks
Rigid Type
Lower Anchors
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 55 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
56
Safe Driving
6. Open the tether anchor cover behind the
head restraint.
7. Raise the head restraint to its highest
position, then route the tether strap
between the head restraint legs, and secure
the tether strap hook onto the anchor.
8. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat maker.
9. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; little movement should be felt.
10.Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.
Flexible Type
1Installing a LATCH-compatible Child Seat
For your child's safety, when using a child seat
installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the
seat is properly secured to the vehicle. A child seat
that is not properly secured will not adequately
protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the
child or other vehicle occupants.
Tether
Strap
Hook
Anchor
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 56 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
Continued
57
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat.
2. Route the seat belt through the child seat
according to the seat maker's instructions,
and insert the latch plate into the buckle.
u Insert the latch plate fully until it clicks.
3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all
the way out until it stops. This activates the
lockable retractor.
4. Let the seat belt completely wind up into
the retractor, then try to pull it out to make
sure the retractor is locked.
u If you are able to pull the shoulder belt
out, the lockable retractor is not
activated. Pull the seat belt all the way
out, and repeat steps 2 – 4.
5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near
the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack
from the lap part of the belt.
u When doing this, place your weight on
the child seat and push it into the vehicle
seat.
■
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
A child seat that is not properly secured will not
adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause
injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 57 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
58
Safe Driving
6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; little movement should be felt.
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.
1Installing a Child Seat with a Seat Belt
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 58 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
59
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
A tether anchorage point is provided behind
each rear seating position. A child seat that is
installed with a seat belt and comes with a
tether can use the tether for additional
security.
1. Locate the appropriate tether anchorage
point and lift the cover.
2. Raise the head restraint to its highest
position, then route the tether strap
through the head restraint legs. Make sure
the strap is not twisted.
3. Secure the tether strap hook onto the
anchor.
4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
■
Adding Security with a Tether
1Adding Security with a Tether
Since a tether can provide additional security to the
lap/shoulder seat belt installation, we recommend
using a tether whenever one is available.
If you place the child seat in a back seating position,
make sure to remove the head restraint before
securing the child seat.
2 Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
P. 55
Tether Anchorage Points
Cover
Anchor
Outer Position
Tether
Strap
Hook
Anchor
Center Position
Tether
Strap
Hook
Anchor
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 59 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
60
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
Safe Driving
Safety of Larger Children
The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind
of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who
must sit in front.
When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/
shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the
following questions.
■ Checklist
• Do the child's knees bend comfortably over
the edge of the seat?
• Does the shoulder belt cross between the
child's neck and arm?
• Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as
possible, touching the child's thighs?
• Will the child be able to stay seated like this
for the whole trip?
If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder
seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a
booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat.
■
Protecting Larger Children
■
Checking Seat Belt Fit
1Safety of Larger Children
3
WARNING
Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in
front can result in injury or death if the
passenger's front airbag inflates.
If a larger child must ride in front, move the
vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible,
have the child sit up properly and wear the
seat belt properly, using a booster seat if
needed.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 60 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
61
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
Safe Driving
If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used
properly, position the child in a booster seat in
a rear seating position. For the child's safety,
check that the child meets the booster seat
manufacturer's recommendations.
Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever
have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front:
• Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information
in this manual.
• Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.
• Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat.
• Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the
seat.
■ Monitoring child passengers
We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more
mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up
properly.
■
Booster Seats
1Booster Seats
When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the
instructions that came with it, and install the seat
accordingly.
There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a
booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat
belt correctly.
Some U.S. states and Canadian provinces and
territories require children to use a booster seat until
they reach a given age or weight (e.g. 6 years or 60
lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or
province, or territory where you intend to drive.
■
Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 61 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
62
Safe Driving
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas
The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless,
odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon
monoxide gas will not get into the interior.
■ Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever
• The exhaust system is making an unusual noise.
• The exhaust system may have been damaged.
• The vehicle is raised for an oil change.
When you operate a vehicle with the trunk open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into
the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the trunk open,
open both windows and set the heating and cooling
*
system as shown below.
1. Select the fresh air mode.
2. Select the mode.
3. Set the fan speed to high.
4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting.
Adjust the heating and cooling
*
system in the same manner if you sit in your parked
vehicle with the engine running.
1Carbon Monoxide Gas
An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up
with carbon monoxide gas.
Do not run the engine with the garage door closed.
Even when the garage door is open, drive out of the
garage immediately after starting the engine.
3
WARNING
Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.
Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and
even kill you.
Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that
expose you to carbon monoxide.
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 62 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
63
Safe Driving
Safety Labels
Label Locations
These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels
carefully.
If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer
for a replacement.
Sun Visor
U.S. models
Canadian models
Radiator Cap
Doorjambs
U.S. models
U.S. models only
Dashboard
Canadian models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 63 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
64
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 64 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
2012 Civic Coupe
65
Instrument Panel
This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.
Indicators ............................................ 66
Multi-Information Display Warning and
Information Messages
*
.................... 76
Gauges
and Displays
Gauges.............................................. 78
Information Display
*
.......................... 80
Multi-Information Display
*
................. 82
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 65 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
2012 Civic Coupe
66
Instrument Panel
Indicators
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Parking Brake
and Brake
System Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w, then goes off.
●
Comes on when the parking brake
is applied, and goes off when it is
released.
●
Comes on when the brake fluid
level is low.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the brake system.
●
The beeper sounds and the
indicator comes on if you drive
with the parking brake not fully
released.
●
Comes on while driving - Make sure
the parking brake is released. Check the
brake fluid level.
2 What to do when the indicator
comes on while driving P. 309
●
Comes on along with the ABS
indicator - Have the vehicle checked by a
dealer.
2 If the Brake System Indicator Comes
On P. 309
Low Oil Pressure
Indicator
●
Comes on when you turn the
ignition switch to ON
(w, and goes
off when the engine starts.
●
Comes on when the engine oil
pressure is low.
●
Comes on while driving - Immediately
stop in a safe place.
2 If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator
Comes On P. 307
U.S.
Canada
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 66 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
67
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
●
Comes on when you turn the
ignition switch to ON
(w, and goes
off either when the engine starts or
after several seconds if the engine
is not started. If "readiness codes"
have not been set, it blinks five
times before it goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the emissions control system.
●
Blinks when a misfire in the
engine's cylinders is detected.
●
Readiness codes are part of the on board
diagnostics for the emissions control
systems.
2 Testing of Readiness Codes P. 325
●
Comes on while driving - Have the
vehicle checked by a dealer.
●
Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe
place where there are no flammable
objects. Stop the engine for 10 minutes
or more, and wait for it to cool down.
Then, take the vehicle to a dealer.
2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Comes On or Blinks P. 308
Charging System
Indicator
●
Comes on when you turn the
ignition switch to ON
(w, and goes
off when the engine starts.
●
Comes on when the battery is not
charging.
●
Comes on while driving - Turn off the
heating and cooling
*
system and rear
defogger in order to reduce electricity
consumption.
2 If the Charging System Indicator
Comes On P. 307
Shift Lever
Position
Indicator
*
●
Indicates in which position your
shift lever is.
2 Shifting P. 208
—
Indicator
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 67 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
68
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Transmission
Indicator
*
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w, then goes off.
●
Blinks if the transmission system has
a problem.
●
Blinks while driving - Avoid sudden
starts and acceleration and have the
vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
Seat Belt
Reminder
Indicator
●
Comes on and the beeper sounds if
you are not wearing a seat belt when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w. If the front passenger is not
wearing a seat belt, the indicator
comes on about six seconds later.
●
Blinks while driving if either you or
the front passenger has not fastened
a seat belt. The beeper sounds and
the indicator blinks at regular
intervals.
●
The beeper stops and the indicator goes
off when you and the front passenger
fasten their seat belts.
●
Stays on after you or the front
passenger has fastened the seat
belt - A detection error may have
occurred in the sensor. Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer.
2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 29
Low Fuel
Indicator
●
Comes on when the fuel reserve is
running low (approximately 1.9 U.S.
gal./7.5 Liter left).
●
Blinks if there is a problem with the
fuel gauge.
●
Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon
as possible.
●
Blinks - Have the vehicle checked by a
dealer.
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 68 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
69
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
ABS (Anti-lock
Brake System)
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w, then goes off.
●
If it comes on at any other time, there
is a problem with the ABS.
●
Stays on constantly - Have the
vehicle checked by a dealer. With this
indicator on, your vehicle still has
normal braking ability but no anti-lock
function.
2 ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
P. 224
Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w, then goes off.
●
Comes on if a problem with any of
the following is detected:
- Supplemental restraint system
- Side airbag system
- Side curtain airbag system
- Seat belt tensioner
●
Stays on constantly or does not
come on at all - Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer.
High Temperature
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w, then goes off.
●
Blinks when the engine coolant
temperature goes up, and stays on if
the temperature continues to rise.
●
Blinks while driving - Drive slowly to
prevent overheating.
●
Stays on while driving - Immediately
stop in a safe place and allow the
engine to cool.
2 Overheating P. 305
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 69 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
70
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
VSA
®
(Vehicle
Stability Assist)
System Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w, then goes off.
●
Blinks when VSA
®
is active.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with
the VSA
®
system.
●
Stays on constantly - Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer.
2 VSA
®
(Vehicle Stability Assist), aka
ESC (Electronic Stability Control),
System P. 216
VSA
®
(Vehicle
Stability Assist)
OFF Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w, then goes off.
●
Comes on when you deactivate
VSA
®
.
2 VSA
®
On and Off P. 217
—
Door Open
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds if you
turn the ignition switch to ON
(w,
then goes off.
●
Comes on if either door is not
completely closed.
●
The beeper sounds and the indicator
comes on if either door is opened
while driving.
●
Goes off when both doors are closed.
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 70 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
71
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Trunk Open
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds if you turn
the ignition switch to ON
(w, then goes
off.
●
Comes on if the trunk is not completely
closed.
●
Goes off when the trunk is closed.
EPS (Electric
Power
Steering
System)
Indicator
●
Comes on when you turn the ignition
switch to ON
(w, and goes off when the
engine starts.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with the
EPS (Electric Power Steering System).
●
Stays on constantly or does not
come on at all - Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer.
2 If the EPS Indicator Comes On
P. 309
Daytime
Running
Lights
Indicator
*
●
Comes on for a few seconds when you
turn the ignition switch to ON
(w, then
goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with the
DRL system.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Daytime Running Lights P. 117
—
TPMS
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when you
turn the ignition switch to ON
(w.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with the
TPMS, or when a compact spare tire is
temporarily installed.
●
Stays on constantly or does not
come on at all - Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer. If the vehicle is
fitted with a compact spare, get your
regular tire repaired or replaced and put
back on your vehicle as soon as you can.
—
U.S.
models
only
Models with
information
display
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 71 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
72
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Low Tire
Pressure
Indicator
Low Tire
Pressure/
TPMS
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when you
turn the ignition switch to ON
(w.
●
Comes on if the tire pressure of any of the
tires becomes significantly low.
●
Comes on for a while and then goes off
when a compact spare tire is temporarily
installed.
●
Blinks for about one minute, and then
stays on if there is a problem with the
TPMS, or when a compact spare tire is
temporarily installed.
●
Comes on while driving - Stop in a
safe place, check tire pressures, and
inflate the tire(s) if necessary.
●
Blinks and remains on - Have the
vehicle checked by a dealer. If the
vehicle is fitted with a compact spare,
get your regular tire repaired or
replaced and put back on your vehicle
as soon as you can.
System
Message
Indicator
*
●
Comes on for a few seconds when you
turn the ignition switch to ON
(w, then
goes off.
●
Comes on along with a beep when a
problem is detected. A system message on
the multi-information display appears at
the same time.
●
While the indicator is on, press the
(display/information) button to
see the message again.
●
Refer to the Indicators information in
this chapter when a system message
appears on the multi-information
display. Take the appropriate action for
the message.
●
The multi-information display does not return
to the normal screen unless the warning is
canceled, or the button is pressed.
—
U.S.
models
only
Models with
information
display
Models with
multi-
information
display
Models with information display
Models with multi-information display
Models with multi-information display
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 72 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
73
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Turn Signal
Indicators
●
The turn signal indicators blink when
you operate the turn signal lever.
●
If you press the hazard warning
button, both indicators and all turn
signals blink at the same time.
●
Does not blink or blinks rapidly - A
turn signal light bulb has blown.
Change the bulb immediately.
2 Replacing Light Bulbs
P. 267
—
High-Beam
Indicator
●
Comes on when the high beam
headlights are on.
— —
Lights On
Indicator
●
Comes on whenever the light switch
is on, or in AUTO
*
when the exterior
lights are on.
●
If you remove the key from the ignition
switch while the exterior lights are on, a
chime sounds when the driver's door is
opened.
—
Fog Light
Indicator
*
●
Comes on when the fog lights are
on.
— —
Side Airbag Off
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w, then goes off.
●
Comes on when the passenger side
airbag system is automatically shut
off.
●
It does not mean there is a problem
with your side airbags.
●
Comes on when nobody is sitting in
the passenger seat - Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer.
●
Comes on when someone is sitting
in the seat - Have the passenger sit
properly.
U.S.
Canada
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 73 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
P. 269
2
2
2012 Civic Coupe
74
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
Immobilizer
System Indicator
●
Comes on briefly when you turn the
ignition switch to ON
(w, then goes
off.
●
Comes on if the immobilizer system
cannot recognize the key
information.
●
Blinks - You cannot start the engine.
Turn the ignition switch to LOCK
(0,
pull the key out, and then insert the key
and turn it to ON
(w again.
●
Repeatedly blinks - The system may
be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer.
●
Do not attempt to alter this system or
add other devices to it. Electrical
problems can occur.
—
Security System
Alarm Indicator
*
●
Blinks when the Security System
Alarm has been set.
2 Security System Alarm
*
P. 109
—
Low Temperature
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w.
●
Comes on when the engine coolant
temperature is low.
●
If the indicator stays on after the engine
has reached normal operating
temperature, there may be problem
with the temperature sensors. Have the
vehicle inspected by a dealer.
—
Indicator
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 74 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
75
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
*
ECON Mode
Indicator
*
●
Comes on when you turn the
ignition switch to ON
(w, and goes
off when the engine starts.
●
Comes on when you press the ECON
button.
2 ECON Button
*
P. 120
CRUISE MAIN
Indicator
*
●
Comes on when you press the
CRUISE button.
2 Cruise Control
*
P. 213
—
CRUISE
CONTROL
Indicator
*
●
Comes on if you have set a speed for
cruise control.
2 Cruise Control
*
P. 213
—
Maintenance
Minder Indicator
*
●
Comes on when the scheduled
maintenance is due soon.
2 Maintenance Minder™ P. 237
—
i-VTEC Indicator
*
●
Comes on when the i-VTEC system
switches the low RPM cams to the
high RPM cams.
●
When the i-VTEC indicator comes on,
the REV indicator begins to come on
simultaneously.
2 i-VTEC indicator P. 79
—
REV Indicators
*
●
Come on when the tachometer
reading approaches the red zone.
2 REV indicators P. 79
—
Indicator
Indicator
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 75 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
76
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
*
Instrument Panel
Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
*
The following messages appear only on the multi-information display. Press the (display/information) button to see the message
again with the system message indicator on.
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the fuel fill cap is loose or is not
installed.
2 Check/Tighten Fuel Cap Message P. 308
●
Appears if there is a problem with the DRL system.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Daytime Running Lights P. 117
●
Appears when washer fluid gets low.
●
Refill washer fluid.
2 Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 261
Canadian models
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 76 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
*
2012 Civic Coupe
77
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
*
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the scheduled maintenance is due soon.
●
Consequently, SERVICE DUE NOW and SERVICE
PAST DUE follow.
2 Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-
Information Display P. 242
●
Appears when you open the driver's door while the
ignition key is in ACCESSORY
(q.
●
Turn the ignition switch to LOCK
(0, then remove the
key.
●
Appears when you open the driver's door while the
ignition key is in LOCK
(0.
●
Remove the key from the ignition switch.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 77 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
78
Instrument Panel
Gauges and Displays
Gauges
Gauges include the speedometer, tachometer, fuel gauge, and related indicators.
They are displayed when the ignition switch is in ON
(w.
Displays your driving speed in mph or km/h.
Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute.
Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.
Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg or l/100km.
■
Speedometer
■
Tachometer
■
Fuel Gauge
■
Instant Fuel Economy Gauge
*
1Gauges
Press and hold the km/mile change knob until you
hear a beep. The speedometer reading and the
displayed measurements switch between mph and
km/h.
1Fuel Gauge
NOTICE
You should refuel when the reading approaches .
Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire,
damaging the catalytic converter.
The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from
the fuel gauge reading.
E
1Instant Fuel Economy Gauge
Press and hold the km/mile change knob to switch
the measurement.
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 78 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
79
uuGauges and DisplaysuGauges
Instrument Panel
■ i-VTEC indicator
Comes on when the i-VTEC system switches
the low RPM cams to the high RPM cams.
■ REV indicators
Come on when the tachometer reading
approaches the red zone on a scale of one to
six.
■
i-VTEC and REV Indicators
*
1REV Indicators
When the fifth indicator (red) comes on, the engine
has reached its maximum output.
When all the indicators are on, the tachometer
reading is on the verge of entering into the red zone.
i-VTEC Indicator
REV Indicators
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 79 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
80
uuGauges and Displays uInformation Display
*
Instrument Panel
Information Display
*
The information display shows the odometer, trip meter, engine oil life and
maintenance service item codes, and other gauges.
Press the (SEL/RESET) knob to change the display.
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers that your vehicle has accumulated.
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers driven since the last reset. Meters A
and B can be used to measure 2 separate trips.
■ Resetting a trip meter
To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the knob. The trip meter is
reset to 0.0.
■
Switching the Display
1Switching the display
Each time you press the knob, the information
display changes as follows:
Average Fuel A
Trip Meter A, Odometer
Average Fuel B
Trip Meter B, Odometer
Engine Oil Life
Range
Trip Meter A, Odometer
■
Odometer
■
Trip Meter
1Trip Meter
Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by
pressing the knob.
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 80 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
81
uuGauges and Displays uInformation Display
*
Instrument Panel
Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg or l/100 km.
The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the average fuel
economy is also reset.
Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance Minder
TM
.
2 Maintenance Minder™ P. 237
Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining fuel. This distance is
estimated from the fuel economy of your trips in the past.
Appears when the fuel fill cap is loose or is not installed.
2 Check/Tighten Fuel Cap Message P. 308
■
Average Fuel Economy
■
Engine Oil Life
■
Range
■
Check Fuel Cap
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 81 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
* Not available on all models
2012 Civic Coupe
82
uuGauges and Displays uMulti-Information Display
*
Instrument Panel
Multi-Information Display
*
The multi-information display shows the odometer, trip meter, outside temperature
indicator
*
, and other gauges.
It also displays important messages such as warnings and other helpful information.
Press the (display/information) button or the (SEL/RESET) knob to change
the display.
■
Switching the Display
123456
Genre AAA
Song AAA
Artist AAA
200
24.0
123456
123456
123456
Display/
Information
Button
Fuel consumption
Audio/HFL
*
display
Fuel consumption
Black screen
Full size analogue clock/
Wallpaper
2.4 ℓ engine models
Power monitor
1.8 ℓ engine models
2.4 ℓ engine models
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 82 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
Continued
83
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
*
Instrument Panel
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers that your vehicle has accumulated.
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers driven since the last reset. Meters A
and B can be used to measure 2 separate trips.
■ Resetting a trip meter
To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the knob. The trip meter is
reset to 0.0.
■
Odometer
■
Trip Meter
123.4
A
12.3
B
123456123456123456
B
24.0
304040
Odometer
Outside temperature
*
Trip A
Trip B
SEL/RESET
Knob
1Trip Meter
Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by
pressing the knob, or by using the customized
features on the multi-information display.
2 Customized Features P. 86
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 83 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuGauges and Displays uMulti-Information Display
*
84
Instrument Panel
Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg or l/100 km.
The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the average fuel
economy is also reset.
Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining fuel. This distance is
estimated from the fuel economy of your trips in the past.
Shows the time elapsed since the last time Trip A or Trip B was reset.
Shows the average speed in mph or km/h since the last time Trip A or Trip B was
reset.
Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance Minder
TM
.
2 Maintenance Minder™ P. 237
■
Average Fuel Economy
■
Range
■
Elapsed Time
■
Average Speed
■
Engine Oil Life
1Average Fuel Economy
You can choose to reset either Trip A or average fuel
economy A when you refuel.
2 Customized Features P. 86
You can choose an item to be displayed in the fuel
consumption screen. Average fuel economy, range,
elapsed time, or average speed can be selected.
2 Customized Features P. 86
2.4 ℓ engine models
1Range
You can choose an item to be displayed in the fuel
consumption screen. Range, elapsed time, or average
speed can be selected.
2 Customized Features P. 86
1.8 ℓ engine models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 84 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
* Not available on all model
2012 Civic Coupe
Continued
85
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
*
Instrument Panel
Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).
■ Adjusting the outside temperature display
Adjust the temperature reading up to ±5°F or ±3°C if the temperature reading
seems incorrect.
Use the multi-information display's customized features to correct the temperature.
2 Customized Features P. 86
Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg or l/100 km.
Engine horsepower usage while driving is
displayed in the power monitor.
100% indicates that horsepower is at its
maximum.
Shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination linked with the
navigation system.
2 Refer to the navigation system manual
■
Outside Temperature
*
■
Instant Fuel Economy
*
■
Power Monitor
*
1Outside Temperature
The temperature sensor is in the front bumper.
Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can
affect the temperature reading when your vehicle
speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h).
It may take several minutes for the display to be
updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.
1Power Monitor
Engine horsepower is affected by external conditions
such as driving conditions, or vehicle condition. The
power monitor can compensate for some of these
variables, but different readings may be displayed.
■
Turn-by-Turn Directions
*
1Turn-by-Turn Directions
You can select whether the turn-by-turn display
comes on or not during the route guidance.
2 Customized Features P. 86
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 85 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuGauges and Displays uMulti-Information Display
*
86
Instrument Panel
Use the multi-information display to customize certain features.
■ How to customize
Select the Vehicle Menu screen by pressing the MENU button while the ignition
switch is in ON
(w, and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Select Customize
Settings, then press the SOURCE button.
■
Customized Features
1Customized Features
To customize other features, press the /
button.
2 List of customizable options P. 89
2 Example for customizing wallpapers P. 93
+
–
MENU
SOURCE
Button
Press to go to the next
display.
SOURCE Button
Press to set your selection.
MENU Button
Press to go to Vehicle
Menu.
Button
Press to scroll upwards.
+
Button
Press to go back to the
previous display.
Button
Press to scroll downwards.
–
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 86 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
* Not available on all models
2012 Civic Coupe
87
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
*
Continued
Instrument Panel
■ Customization flow
Press the MENU button.
1Customized Features
You can exit the customizing screen at any time by
pressing the MENU button.
Vehicle Menu
Vehicle Information
Odometer/Trip Meter
Adjust Clock
Maintenance info
Trip Meter Reset
Select Trip/Odometer
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 87 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
* Not available on all models
2012 Civic Coupe
88
uuGauges and Displays uMulti-Information Display
*
Instrument Panel
Customize Settings
Display Setup
Trip Computer Setup
Lighting Setup
Door Setup
Default All
Select Wallpaper
Language Selection
Adjust Outside Temp. Display
Fuel Efficiency Backlight
*
Interior Light Dimming Time
Auto Light Sensitivity
*
Auto Door Lock
Security Relock Timer
Import Wallpaper
Delete Wallpaper
Trip Meter Item to Display
Welcome Screen
Color Theme
Turn by Turn Display
*
Trip A Reset with Refuel
Display km/miles
Headlight Auto Off Timer
Door Lock Mode
Auto Door Unlock
Keyless Lock Acknowledgment
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 88 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
89
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
*
Continued
Instrument Panel
■ List of customizable options
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable settings
Vehicle
Information
Maintenance info Reset the Maintenance Minder
TM
. No/Yes
Odometer/
Trip Meter
Trip Meter Reset Reset the trip meter. Trip A/Trip B
Select Trip/Odometer
Switch between odometer, trip meter A, and trip
meter B.
ODO
*1
/Trip A/Trip B
Adjust Clock Sets time display 12 hour or 24 hour and adjust the time. 12 h
*1
/24 h
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 89 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
* Not available on all models
2012 Civic Coupe
90
uuGauges and Displays uMulti-Information Display
*
Instrument Panel
*1: Not available on all models
*2: Default Setting
*3: Default Setting for 1.8 ℓ engine models
*4: Default Setting for 2.4 ℓ engine models
*5: Refer to the navigation system manual for complete details.
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable settings
Customize
Settings
Display
Setup
Select
Wallpaper
Select the full-size analogue clock or the wallpaper.
Clock
*2
/Image 1/Image 2/
Image 3
Import
Wallpaper
Import an image file for a new wallpaper.
Three images can be stored.
2 Importing Wallpapers
from USB P. 93
Delete
Wallpaper
Delete an image file for a wallpaper. Image 1/Image 2/Image 3
Trip Meter
Item to
Display
Select an item to be displayed along with average
fuel economy.
Range
*2
/Elapsed time/
Average speed
Select an item to be displayed along with the instant
fuel economy.
Average Fuel
*2
/Range/
Elapsed time/Average speed
Welcome
Screen
Select whether the welcome screen comes on or not
when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w.
On
*2
/Off
Color Theme Changes the color of the screen. Blue
*3
/Red
*4
/Amber/Gray
Turn by Turn
Display
*1, *5
Select whether the turn-by-turn display comes on or
not during the route guidance.
On
*2
/Off
Language
Selection
Changes the displayed language. English
*2
/French/Spanish
1.8 ℓ engine models
2.4 ℓ engine models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 90 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
*
Not
available
on
all
models
2012 Civic Coupe
91
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
*
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1: Not available on all models
*2: Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable settings
Customize
Settings
Trip
Computer
Setup
Adjust
Outside Temp.
Display
*1
Adjusts the temperature reading by a few degrees.
-5°F ~ ±0°F
*2
~ +5°F (U.S.)
-3°C ~ ±0°C
*2
~ +3°C (Canada)
Trip A Reset
with Refuel
Set Trip A and the average fuel economy to reset
when you refuel.
On/Off
*2
Display
km/miles
Changes the displayed measurement on the multi-
information display.
Auto
*2
/km/miles
Fuel Efficiency
Backlight
*1
Turns the ambient meter feature on and off. On
*2
/Off
Lighting
Setup
Interior Light
Dimming Time
Changes the length of time the interior lights stay on
after you close the doors.
60sec/30sec
*2
/15sec
Headlight
Auto Off
Timer
Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay
on after you close the driver’s door.
60sec/30sec/15sec
*2
/0sec
Auto Light
Sensitivity
*1
Changes the timing for the headlights to come on. Max/High/Mid
*2
/Low/Min
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 91 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
* Not available on all models
2012 Civic Coupe
92
uuGauges and Displays uMulti-Information Display
*
Instrument Panel
*1:Default Setting
*2:Default Setting for automatic transmission
*3:Default Setting for manual transmission
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable settings
Customize
Settings
Door
Setup
Auto Door
Lock
Changes the setting for the automatic locking
feature.
Off/With Vehicle Speed
*1
/
Shift from
(P
Door Lock
Mode
Sets up either the driver’s door or both doors to
unlock on the first operation of the remote or
ignition key.
Driver Door
*1
/All Doors
Auto Door
Unlock
Changes the setting for when the doors unlock
automatically.
Off/
Driver Door with Shift to
(P
*2
/
All Doors with Shift to
(P/
Driver Door with IGN Off
*3
/
All Doors with IGN Off
Keyless Lock
Acknowledg-
ment
LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.
LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.
On
*1
/Off
Security
Relock Timer
Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock and
the security system to set after you unlock the
vehicle without opening either door.
90sec/60sec/30sec
*1
Default
All
Cancels/Resets all the customized settings as
default.
Cancel
Reset All Defaults
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 92 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
* Not available on all models
2012 Civic Coupe
Continued
93
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
*
Instrument Panel
■ Example for customizing wallpapers
You can customize the display from clock to wallpaper.
Importing Wallpapers from USB
You can import up to three images, one at a time for wallpaper from a USB flash
drive.
Select Import Wallpaper from Customize Settings and properly connect a USB
flash drive to store an image.
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the adapter
cable.
2 USB Adapter Cable
*
P. 141
2. Press the Menu button.
3. Select Customize Settings with the /
button, then press the SOURCE button.
4. Select Display Setup with the /
button, then press the SOURCE button.
1Customized Features
• When importing wallpaper files, the image must be
in the USB flash drive’s root directory. Images in a
folder cannot be imported.
• The file format of the image that can be imported
is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
• The individual file size limit is 2 MB.
• The maximum image size is 1,920 x 936 pixels. If
the image size was less than 480 x 234 pixels, the
image is displayed in the middle of the screen with
the extra area appearing in black.
• The number of files that can be selected is up to
255.
• Up to 64 characters can be displayed in the file
name.
+
–
+
–
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 93 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
94
uuGauges and Displays uMulti-Information Display
*
Instrument Panel
5. Select Import Wallpaper with the /
button, then press the SOURCE button.
u The file names are displayed on the
screen.
6. Press the button until the file name you
want to store appears on the center of the
display, then press the SOURCE button.
7. The preview of the imported data is
displayed. Press the SOURCE button if it is
OK.
8. Press the SOURCE button to save the image
file.
+
–
–
Save
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 94 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
* Not available on all models
2012 Civic Coupe
95
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
*
Continued
Instrument Panel
9. Select the location you want to store the
image file in with the / button, then
press the SOURCE button.
10.Press the MENU button to exit the
customize screen.
+
–
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 95 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
* Not available on all models
2012 Civic Coupe
96
uuGauges and Displays uMulti-Information Display
*
Instrument Panel
Selecting a Wallpaper
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Select Customize Settings with the /
button, then press the SOURCE button.
3. Select Display Setup with the /
button, then press the SOURCE button.
4. Select Select Wallpaper with the /
button, then press the SOURCE button.
5. Select the image file you want with the
/ button, then press the SOURCE
button.
u When the scroll is stopped, the
thumbnail is displayed.
6. Press the MENU button to exit the
customize screen.
+
–
+
–
+
–
+
–
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 96 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
*
Not
available
on
all
models
2012 Civic Coupe
97
Controls
This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.
Setting the Clock ................................ 98
Locking
and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions .................... 99
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Outside ..........................................
101
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Inside .............................................
103
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
*
........ 105
Opening and Closing the Trunk......
. 106
Security System ................................
109
Immobilizer System .......................... 109
Security System Alarm
*
.................... 109
Opening and Closing the Windows.....
111
Opening and Closing the Moonroof
*
...... 113
Operating the Switches Around the
Steering Wheel
Ignition Switch................................. 114
Turn Signals..................................... 115
Light Switches.................................. 115
Fog Lights
*
...................................... 117
Daytime Running Lights ................... 117
Wipers and Washers ........................ 118
Brightness Control ........................... 119
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
*
Button ...........................................
120
ECON Button
*
................................. 120
Adjusting the Steering Wheel........... 121
Adjusting the Mirrors....................... 122
Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 122
Power Door Mirrors
*
....................... 122
Adjusting the Seats .......................... 123
Adjusting the Seat Positions............. 123
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience
Items
................................................ 130
Interior Lights .................................. 130
Interior Convenience Items .............. 131
Heating and Cooling
*
....................... 136
Using Vents, Heating and A/C
*
........ 136
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 97 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
2012 Civic Coupe
98
Controls
Setting the Clock
Clock
You can adjust the time in the clock display, using the CLOCK knob with the ignition
switch in ON
(w.
1. Press the CLOCK knob to access the clock
adjustment mode screen.
2. Turn the CLOCK knob to adjust the hours.
3. Press the CLOCK knob. The display switches
to minute adjustment.
4. Turn the CLOCK knob to adjust the
minutes.
5. Press the CLOCK knob to complete clock
adjustment.
1Clock
The clock is automatically updated through the
navigation system, so the time does not need to be
adjusted.
You can customize the clock display to show the 12
hour clock or 24 hour clock.
2 Customized Features P. 86
You cannot adjust the time while the vehicle is
moving.
Models with navigation system
Models with multi-information display
Models with information display
Models without navigation system
CLOCK Knob
On multi-information display
On information display
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 98 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
99
Continued
Controls
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions
This vehicle comes with the following keys:
Use the keys to start and stop the engine, to
lock and unlock the doors and to open the
trunk. You can also use the remote
transmitter
*
to lock and unlock the doors and
to open the trunk.
There is a panic button in the remote
transmitter.
■
Master Keys
1Key Types and Functions
All of the keys have an immobilizer system. The
immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle
theft.
2 Immobilizer System P. 109
The keys contain precision electronics.
Adhere to the following advice to prevent damage to
the electronics:
• Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in
locations with high temperature or high humidity.
• Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them.
• Keep the keys away from liquids.
• Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the
battery.
If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the engine
may not start, and the remote transmitter may not
work.
If the keys do not work properly, have them
inspected by a dealer.
Black
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 99 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuKey Types and Functions
100
Controls
Can be used to start and stop the engine, and
lock and unlock driver's door.
Contains a number that you will need if you
purchase a replacement key.
■
Valet Key
1Valet Key
When you need to leave a key with a third party,
leave the valet key.
Gray
■
Key Number Tag
1Key Number Tag
Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a
safe place outside of your vehicle.
If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a
dealer.
If you lose your key and you cannot start the engine,
contact a dealer.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 100 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
101
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Continued
Controls
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
■ Locking the doors
Press the LOCK button.
Once:
uSome exterior lights will flash, both doors
will lock, and the security system sets.
Twice (within five seconds after the first
push):
uA beeper sounds and verifies the security
system is set.
■ Unlocking the doors
Press the UNLOCK button.
Once:
uSome exterior lights will flash twice, and
the driver's door unlocks.
Twice:
uThe passenger’s door unlocks.
■
Using the Remote Transmitter
*
1Using the Remote Transmitter
If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of
unlocking the vehicle with the remote transmitter,
the doors will automatically relock.
You can change the relock timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 86
If the interior light switch is in the door activated
position, the interior lights come on when you press
the UNLOCK button.
No doors opened: The lights fade out after 30
seconds.
Doors relocked with the remote: The lights go off
immediately.
2 Interior Lights P. 130
The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so
the operating range may vary depending on the
surroundings.
The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door is
open.
If the distance at which it works varies, the battery is
probably low.
If the LED does not come on when you press a
button, the battery is dead.
2 Replacing the Battery P. 284
You can customize the door unlock mode setting.
2 Customized Features P. 86
Models with multi-information display
LED
Unlock
Button
Lock
Button
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 101 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
102
Controls
Fully insert the key and turn it.
■ Locking the driver's door
Push the lock tab forward
a or push the
master door lock switch in the lock direction
b, and close the door.
Pull and hold the outside door handle, then
push the lock tab forward
a.
Release the handle, then close the door.
■ Locking the passenger's door
Push the lock tab forward and close the door.
■ Lockout prevention system
The doors cannot be locked when the key is in the ignition switch, and either door is open.
■
Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
When you lock the driver's door with a key, the
passenger’s door locks at the same time. When
unlocking, the driver's door unlocks first. Turn the
key a second time within a few seconds to unlock the
passenger’s door.
You can customize the door unlock mode setting.
2 Customized Features P. 86
Models with remote transmitter
Models with multi-information display
Lock
Unlock
■
Locking a Door Without Using a Key
1Locking a Door Without Using a Key
When you lock the driver's door, the passenger’s
door locks at the same time.
Make sure you have the key in your hand before
locking the door to prevent it from being locked in
the vehicle.
Models with remote transmitter
Models with remote transmitter
Models without remote transmitter
Models with remote transmitter
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 102 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
103
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
Continued
Controls
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
■ Locking a door
Push the lock tab forward.
■ Unlocking a door
Pull the lock tab rearward.
Pull the inner handle.
uThe door unlocks and opens in one
motion.
■
Using the Lock Tab
1Using the Lock Tab
When you lock the door using the lock tab on the
driver's door, the passenger’s door locks at the same
time.
When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the
driver's door, only the driver's door will unlock.
Models with remote transmitter
To Unlock
Lock Tab
To Lock
■
Unlocking Using the Inner Handle
1Unlocking Using the Inner Handle
The inner handles are designed to allow front seat
occupants to open the door in one motion. However
this feature requires that front seat occupants never
pull an inner handle while the vehicle is in motion.
Inner
Handle
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 103 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
104
Controls
Press the master door lock switch in as shown
to lock or unlock both doors.
■
Using the Master Door Lock Switch
*
1Using the Master Door Lock Switch
When you lock/unlock the driver's door using the
master lock switch, the passenger’s door locks/
unlocks at the same time.
To Unlock
Master Door
Lock Switch
To Lock
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 104 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
105
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking
*
Controls
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
*
Your vehicle locks both doors and unlocks the driver’s door automatically when a
certain condition is met.
■ Drive lock mode
Both doors lock when the vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h).
■ Park unlock mode
The driver’s door unlocks when the shift lever is moved into
(P with the brake pedal
depressed.
■ Ignition switch unlock mode
The driver’s door unlocks when the ignition switch is moved out of ON
(w.
The settings can be changed to unlock both doors.
■
Auto Door Locking
■
Auto Door Unlocking
1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
You can turn off or change to another auto door
locking/unlocking setting using the multi-information
display
*
.
2 Customized Features P. 86
Models with automatic transmission
Models with manual transmission
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 105 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
106
Controls
Opening and Closing the Trunk
Precautions for Opening/Closing the Trunk
■ Opening the trunk
Open the trunk all the way.
u If it is not fully opened, the trunk lid may begin to close under its own weight.
■ Closing the trunk
Keep the trunk lid closed while driving to:
uAvoid possible damage.
uPrevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle.
2 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 62
Using the Trunk Opener
Pulling the trunk release to the lower left of
the driver's seat unlocks and opens the trunk.
Trunk
Release
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 106 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
107
uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuUsing the Master key
*
Controls
■ Locking the trunk opener
You can lock the trunk release with the master
key.
Using the Master key
*
Insert the key in the cylinder to unlock and
open the trunk.
1Locking the trunk opener
If you need to give the key to someone else, give
them the valet key.
1Using the Master Key
The valet key does not unlock the trunk.
Unlock
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 107 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
108
uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuUsing the Remote Transmitter
*
Controls
Using the Remote Transmitter
*
Press the trunk release button for
approximately one second to unlock and open
the trunk.
Emergency Trunk Opener
The trunk release lever allows you to open the
trunk from inside for your safety.
Slide the release lever in the direction of the
arrow.
Trunk
Release
Button
1Emergency Trunk Opener
Parents should decide if their children should be
shown how to use this feature.
Lever
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 108 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
109
Continued
Controls
Security System
Immobilizer System
The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from
starting the engine. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use electronic
signals to verify the key.
Pay attention to the following when inserting the key into the ignition switch:
• Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the ignition switch.
• Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object.
• Do not bring a key from another vehicle's immobilizer system near the ignition
switch.
Security System Alarm
*
The security system alarm activates when the doors, trunk, or hood are opened
without the key, or remote transmitter.
■ When the security system alarm activates
The horn sounds intermittently and all of the exterior lights flash.
■ To deactivate the security system alarm
Unlock the vehicle using the key, or remote transmitter. The system, along with the
horn and flashing lights, is deactivated.
1Immobilizer System
NOTICE
Leaving the ignition key in the vehicle can result in
theft or accidental movement of the vehicle.
Always take the ignition key with you whenever you
leave the vehicle unattended.
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.
1Security System Alarm
The security alarm continues for a maximum of two
minutes until the security system deactivates.
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 109 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm
*
110
Controls
■ Setting the security system alarm
The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have
been met:
• The ignition switch is in LOCK
(0, and the key has been removed from the
ignition switch.
• The hood and trunk are closed.
• Both doors are locked with the key or the remote transmitter.
■ When the security system alarm sets
The security system indicator in the instrument panel blinks. When the blinking
interval changes after about 15 seconds, the security system is set.
■ To cancel the security system alarm
The security system is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the key or remote
transmitter, or the ignition switch is turned to ON
(w. The security system indicator
goes off at the same time.
■ The panic button on the remote
transmitter
If you press the panic button for
approximately one second, the following will
occur for about 30 seconds:
• The horn sounds.
• Some exterior lights flash.
■ Canceling panic mode
Press any button on the remote transmitter, or turn the ignition switch to ON
(w.
■
Panic Mode
1Security System Alarm
Do not set the security system alarm when someone
is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can
accidentally activate when:
• Unlocking the door with the lock tab or the master
door lock switch.
• Opening the trunk with the trunk release or the
emergency trunk opener.
If the battery goes dead after you have set the
security system alarm, the security alarm may go off
once the battery is recharged or replaced.
If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by
unlocking a door using the key or remote transmitter.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add another
device to it.
Panic
Button
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 110 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
111
Continued
Controls
Opening and Closing the Windows
Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be opened and closed when the ignition switch is in ON
(w, using the switches on the doors. The driver's side switches can be used to open
and close both windows.
The power window lock button on the driver's side must be switched off (not
pushed in, indicator off) to open and close the passenger’s window from the
passenger’s side.
When the power window lock button is pushed in, the indicator comes on and you
can only operate the driver's window. Turn the power window lock button on when
children are in the vehicle.
■ Automatic operation
To open: Push the switch down firmly.
To close: Pull the switch up firmly.
The window opens or closes completely. To
stop the window at any time, push or pull the
switch briefly.
■ Manual operation
To open: Push the switch down lightly.
To close: Pull the switch up lightly.
Release the switch when the window reaches
the desired position.
■
Opening/Closing Windows with Auto-Open/Close Function
*
1Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be operated for up to 10
minutes after you turn the ignition switch off.
Opening either door cancels this function.
Auto Reverse
If a power window senses resistance when closing
automatically, it will stop closing and reverse
direction.
The driver’s window auto reverse function is disabled
when you continuously pull up the switch.
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the
window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.
3
WARNING
Closing a power window on someone's
hands or fingers can cause serious injury.
Make sure your passengers are away from
the windows before closing them.
ON
OFF
Power Window
Lock Button
Indicator
Driver’s Window
Switch
Passenger’s
Window
Switch
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 111 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
112
uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows
Controls
To open: Push the switch down.
To close: Pull the switch up.
Release the switch when the window reaches
the desired position.
■
Opening/Closing Windows without Auto-Open/Close Function
Close
Open
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 112 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
113
Controls
Opening and Closing the Moonroof
*
You can only operate the moonroof when the ignition switch is in ON (w. Use the
switch in the front of the ceiling to open and close the moonroof.
■ Automatic operation
To open: Pull the switch back firmly, then
release.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly, then
release.
The moonroof will automatically open or close
all the way. To stop the moonroof midway,
touch the switch briefly.
■ Manual operation
To open: Pull the switch back, and hold it
until the desired position is reached.
To close: Push the switch forward, and hold it
until the desired position is reached.
■ Tilting the moonroof up
To tilt: Push on the center of the moonroof
switch.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly, then
release.
■
Opening/Closing the Moonroof
1Opening/Closing the Moonroof
NOTICE
Opening the moonroof in below freezing
temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice
can damage the moonroof panel or motor.
The power moonroof can be operated for up to 10
minutes after you turn the ignition switch off.
Opening either door cancels this function.
When resistance is detected, the auto reverse
function causes the moonroof to change directions,
then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the
moonroof is almost closed to ensure that it fully
closes. Make sure that all objects, including fingers,
are clear of the moonroof.
3
WARNING
Opening or closing the moonroof on
someone's hands or fingers can cause
serious injury.
Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of
the moonroof before opening or closing it.
Open
Close
Tilt
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 113 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
114
Controls
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel
Ignition Switch
1Ignition Switch
You cannot take the key out unless the shift lever is
in
(P .
If you open the driver's door when the key is in LOCK
(0 or ACCESSORY (q, a warning buzzer will sound
to remind you to take the key out.
When this happens, the following messages appear
on the multi-information display
*
:
• In LOCK
(0 : REMOVE KEY.
• In ACCESSORY
(q : RETURN IGNITION SWITCH
TO LOCK (0) POSITION The buzzer will stop when
you take the key out.
If the key won't turn from LOCK
(0 to ACCESSORY
(q , turn the key while moving the steering wheel left
and right. The steering wheel will unlock, allowing
the key to turn.
3
WARNING
Removing the key from the ignition switch
while driving locks the steering. This can
cause you to lose control of the vehicle.
Remove the key from the ignition switch
only when parked.
Manual transmission models
Automatic transmission models
All models
(0 LOCK: Insert and remove the key in this
position.
(q ACCESSORY: Operate the audio system and
other accessories in this position.
(w ON: This is the position when driving.
(e START: This position is for starting the engine.
The switch returns to ON
(w when you let go of
the key.
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 114 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
115
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals
Continued
Controls
Turn Signals
The turn signals can be used when the ignition
switch is in ON
(w.
Light Switches
Rotating the light switch turns the lights on
and off, regardless of the position of the
ignition switch.
■ High beams
Push the lever forward until you hear a click.
■ Low beams
When in high beams, pull the lever back to
return to low beams.
■ Flashing the high beams
Pull the lever back, and release it.
Right Turn
Left Turn
■
Manual Operation
1Light Switches
If you remove the key from the ignition switch while
the lights are on, a chime sounds when the driver’s
door is opened.
When the lights are on, the lights on indicator in the
instrument panel will be on.
2 Lights On Indicator P. 73
Do not leave the lights on when the engine is off
because it will cause the battery to discharge.
High Beams
Flashing the high beams
Low Beams
Turns on side marker, tail, and
rear license plate lights
Turns on headlights, parking, side
marker, tail, and rear license plate
lights
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 115 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
116
Controls
Automatic lighting control can be used when
the ignition switch is in ON
(w.
When you turn the light switch to
#Y, the
headlights and other exterior lights will switch
on and off automatically depending on the
ambient brightness.
The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off
within 15 seconds after you remove the key and close the driver's door.
If you turn the ignition switch to LOCK
(0 with the headlight switch on, but do not
open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (3 minutes, if the switch is in the
#Y position).
The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the driver's door. If you unlock
the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the
driver's door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime.
■
Automatic Lighting Control
*
1Automatic Lighting Control
We recommend that you turn on the lights manually
when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas
such as long tunnels or parking facilities.
The light sensor is in the location shown below.
Do not cover this light sensor with anything;
otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not
work properly.
You can change the AUTO light sensitivity and
automatic lighting off timer setting using the multi-
information display.
2 Customized Features P. 86
Light Sensor
■
Automatic Lighting Off Feature
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 116 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
117
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluFog Lights
*
Controls
Fog Lights
*
When the low beam headlights are on, turn
the fog light switch on to use the fog lights.
Daytime Running Lights
The high beam headlights come on slightly dimmer than normal when the following
conditions have been met:
• The ignition switch is in ON
(w.
• The headlight switch is off, or in .
• The parking brake is released.
The lights remain on even if you set the parking brake. Turning off the ignition
switch will turn off the daytime running lights.
The high beam headlights return to the original brightness once the headlight
switch is turned on.
1Fog Lights
When the fog lights are on, the indicator in the
instrument panel will be on.
They go off when the headlights turn off, or when
the daytime running lights are on.
2 Fog Light Indicator
*
P. 73
Fog Light Switch
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 117 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
118
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
Controls
Wipers and Washers
The windshield wipers and washers can be
used when the ignition switch is in ON
(w.
■ MIST
The wipers run at high speed until you release
the lever.
■ Wiper switch (OFF, INT, LO, HI)
Change the wiper switch setting according to
the amount of rain.
■ Adjusting the delay
Turn the adjustment ring to adjust the wiper
delay.
■ Washer
Sprays while you pull the lever toward you.
When you release the lever, the wipers make
two or three more sweeps before stopping.
1Wipers and Washers
NOTICE
Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry.
The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber
blades will get damaged.
NOTICE
In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the
windshield, becoming stuck.
Operating the wipers in this condition may damage
the wipers. Use the defroster to warm the
windshield, then turn the wipers on.
If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are
operating intermittently, the length of the wipe
interval shortens. When the vehicle starts moving, the
wipers make a single sweep.
When the vehicle speeds up, the wiper operation’s
shortest delay setting ( ) and the LO setting become
the same.
Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out.
The pump may get damaged.
Intermittent Time
Adjustment Ring
MIST
INT: Low speed with
intermittent
OFF
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
Pull to
use
washer.
Long delay
Short delay
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 118 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
119
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control
Controls
Brightness Control
When the parking lights are turned on and the
ignition switch is in ON
(w, you can use the
brightness control knob to adjust instrument
panel brightness.
Brighten: Turn the knob to the right.
Dim: Turn the knob to the left.
You will hear the beeper when the brightness
reaches minimum or maximum. The
information display
*
/multi-information
display
*
will return to its original state several
seconds after you adjust the brightness.
■ Brightness level indicator
The brightness level is shown on the
information display
*
/multi-information
display
*
while you are adjusting it.
1Brightness Control
Instrument panel brightness varies, depending on
whether the exterior lights are on or off. The
instrument panel dims to reduce glare when they are
on.
Pressing the (SEL/RESET) knob or the
(display/information) button
*
switches the display.
If you turn the knob to the right until the brightness
display is up to max, the beeper sounds. This cancels
the reduced instrument panel brightness when the
parking lights are on.
The brightness can be set differently for when the
exterior lights are on, and when they are off.
Control Knob
On multi-information display
On information display
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 119 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
120
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluRear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
*
Button
Controls
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
*
Button
Press the rear defogger and heated door
mirror button to defog the rear window and
mirrors when the ignition switch is in ON
(w.
The rear defogger and heated door mirrors
automatically switch off after 20 minutes.
ECON Button
*
The ECON button turns the ECON mode on and off.
The ECON mode helps you improve your fuel economy by adjusting the
performance of the engine, transmission, heating and cooling system, and cruise
control.
1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button
NOTICE
When cleaning the inside of the rear window, be
careful not to damage the heating wires.
It is critical to wipe the window from side to side
along the defogger heating wires.
This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off
when the window has been defogged.
Also, do not use the system for a long period when
the engine is idling. This may weaken the battery,
making it difficult to start the engine.
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 120 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
121
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAdjusting the Steering Wheel
Controls
Adjusting the Steering Wheel
The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you
can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.
1. Pull the steering wheel adjustment lever up.
u The steering wheel adjustment lever is
under the steering column.
2. Move the steering wheel up or down, and
in or out.
u Make sure you can see the instrument
panel gauges and indicators.
3. Push the steering wheel adjustment lever
down to lock the steering wheel in position.
u After adjusting the position, make sure
you have securely locked the steering
wheel in place by trying to move it up,
down, in, and out.
1Adjusting the Steering Wheel
Make any steering wheel adjustments before you
start driving.
3
WARNING
Adjusting the steering wheel position while
driving may cause you to lose control of the
vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.
Adjust the steering wheel only when the
vehicle is stopped.
Lever
To lock
To adjust
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 121 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
122
Controls
Adjusting the Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirror
Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving
position.
Flip the tab to switch the position.
The night position will help to reduce the glare
from headlights behind you when driving
after dark.
Power Door Mirrors
*
You can adjust the door mirrors when the
ignition switch is in ON
(w.
■ Mirror position adjustment
L/R selector switch: Select the left or right
mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the
switch to the center position.
Mirror position adjustment switch: Press
the switch left, right, up, or down to move the
mirror.
■
Rearview Mirror with Day and Night Positions
1Adjusting the Mirrors
Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and
adjusted for best visibility.
Adjust the mirrors before you start driving.
2 Adjusting the Seat Positions P. 123
Tab
Daytime
Position
Night Position
Up
Down
Selector
Switch
Adjustment
Switch
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 122 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
123
Continued
Controls
Adjusting the Seats
Adjusting the Seat Positions
Adjust the driver's seat as far back as possible
while allowing you to maintain full control of
the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright,
well back in the seat and be able to
adequately press the pedals without leaning
forward, and grip the steering wheel
comfortably. The passenger's seat should be
adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far
back from the front airbag in the dashboard
as possible.
1Adjusting the Seats
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow
at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and the chest.
Always make seat adjustments before driving.
Once a seat is adjusted correctly, rock it back and
forth to make sure it is locked in position.
3
WARNING
Sitting too close to a front airbag can result
in serious injury or death if the front
airbags inflate.
Always sit as far back from the front
airbags as possible while maintaining
control of the vehicle.
Move back.
Allow sufficient
space.
Horizontal Position
Adjustment
Pull up on the bar to move the
seat, then release the bar.
Height Adjustment
(Driver side only)
Pull up or push down the lever
to raise or lower the seat.
Seat-back Angle
Adjustment
Pull up the lever to
change the angle.
Driver’s seat is shown.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 123 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
124
Controls
Adjust the driver's seat-back to a comfortable,
upright position, leaving ample space
between your chest and the airbag cover in
the center of the steering wheel.
The front seat passenger should also adjust
their seat-back to a comfortable, upright
position.
Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the
occupant's chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the
chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a
seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury.
■
Adjusting the Seat-Backs
1Adjusting the Seat-Backs
Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the
seat-back and your back.
Doing so may interfere with proper seat belt or airbag
operation.
If you cannot get far enough away from the steering
wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend
that you investigate whether some type of adaptive
equipment may help.
3
WARNING
Reclining the seat-back too far can result in
serious injury or death in a crash.
Adjust the seat-back to an upright position,
and sit well back in the seat.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 124 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
Continued
125
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
Controls
Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints
in all seating positions.
Head restraints are most effective for
protection against whiplash and other rear-
impact crash injuries when the center of the
back of the occupant's head rests against the
center of the restraint. The tops of the
occupant's ears should be level with the
center height of the restraint.
■ Adjusting the front head restraint positions
To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint: Push it down
while pressing the release button.
■
Adjusting the Head Restraints
1Adjusting the Head Restraints
For a head restraint system to work properly:
• Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or
from the restraint legs.
• Do not place any object between an occupant and
the seat-back.
• Install each restraint in its proper location.
3
WARNING
Improperly positioning head restraints
reduces their effectiveness and increases
the likelihood of serious injury in a crash.
Make sure head restraints are in place and
positioned properly before driving.
Position head in the center
of the head restraint.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 125 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
126
Controls
A passenger sitting in a back seating position
should adjust the height of their head restraint
to an appropriate position before the vehicle
begins moving.
To raise the head restraint:
Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint:
Push it down while pressing the release
button.
Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair.
To remove a head restraint:
Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the
restraint up and out.
To reinstall a head restraint:
Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height
while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked
in position.
■
Changing the Rear Seat Head Restraint Positions
■
Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
To remove the rear outer head restraints, fold down
the seat-back first.
2 Folding Down the Rear Seats P. 129
3
WARNING
Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the
head restraints can result in severe injury
during a crash.
Always replace the head restraints before
driving.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 126 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
Continued
127
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
Controls
After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their
seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their
seats, with their feet on the floor, until the vehicle is safely parked and the engine is
off.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly
increased.
In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or
fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an
inflating front airbag.
■
Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
3
WARNING
Sitting improperly or out of position can
result in serious injury or death in a crash.
Always sit upright, well back in the seat,
with your feet on the floor.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 127 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions
128
Controls
Pulling up on the seat-back angle adjustment
lever tilts the seat-back forward.
Pulling up on the seat-back angle adjustment
lever, or pushing down the front passenger
seat-back release lever tilts the seat-back
forward.
You can also use these levers to move the seat
forward.
■
Rear Seat Access
1Rear Seat Access
When you enter the rear seat, be careful not to trip
over the front seat belt.
If necessary, move the seat forward after tilting the
seat-back forward.
Seat-back
Angle
Adjustment
Lever
Driver side
Driver side
Seat-back
Angle
Adjustment
Lever
Front
Passenger
Seat-back
Release
Lever
Passenger side
Passenger side
Except U.S. DX model
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 128 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
129
uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats
Controls
Rear Seats
1. Remove the center shoulder belt from the
guide.
2. Pull the release lever in the trunk to release
the lock.
3. Fold the seat-back down.
If the rear head restraints get caught on the
front seat-backs, remove the head restraints.
2 Removing and Reinstalling the Head
Restraints P. 126
■
Folding Down the Rear Seats
1Folding Down the Rear Seats
The rear seat-back(s
*
) can be folded down to
accommodate bulkier items in the trunk.
Never drive with the seat-back folded down and the
trunk lid open.
2 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 62
To lock the seat-back upright, push it backwards until
it locks.
When returning a seat-back to its original position,
push it firmly back. Also, make sure all rear shoulder
belts are positioned in front of the seat-back, and the
center shoulder belt is re-positioned in the guide.
Make sure that the folded seat-back does not press
against the front passenger seat, as this can cause the
weight sensors in the front passenger seat to work
improperly.
2 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator P. 47
Also make sure all items in the trunk or items
extending through the opening into the rear
seats are properly secured. Loose items can fly
forward if you have to brake hard.
Guide
Center
Shoulder
Belt
Release
Lever
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 129 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
130
Controls
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items
Interior Lights
■ ON
The interior lights come on regardless of
whether the doors are open or closed.
■ Door activated
The interior lights come on in the following
situations:
• When either of the doors are opened.
• You unlock the driver's door.
• You remove the key from the ignition
switch.
■ OFF
The interior lights remain off regardless of
whether the doors are open or closed.
The map lights can be turned on and off by
pressing the lenses.
■
Interior Light Switches
1Interior Light Switches
In the door activated position, the interior lights fade
out and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are
closed.
The lights go off after 30 seconds in the following
situations:
• When you unlock the driver's door but do not open
it.
• When you remove the key from the ignition switch
but do not open a door.
You can change the interior lights dimming time.
2 Customized Features P. 86
The interior lights go off immediately in the following
situations:
• When you lock the driver's door.
• When you close the driver's door with the key in
the ignition switch.
• When you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w .
If you leave either door open without the key in the
ignition switch, the interior lights go off after about
15 minutes.
Models with multi-information display
All models
Door Activated Position
Off
Front
Door Activated Position
On
Off
Rear
■
Map Lights
*
1Map Lights
When the ceiling light switch is in the door activated
position and either door is open, the map light will
not go off when you press the lens.
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 130 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
131
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Continued
Controls
Interior Convenience Items
Pull the handle to open the glove box.
Pull the handle to open the console
compartment.
■
Glove Box
1Glove Box
3
WARNING
An open glove box can cause serious injury
to your passenger in a crash, even if the
passenger is wearing the seat belt.
Always keep the glove box closed while
driving.
■
Console Compartment
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 131 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
132
Controls
■
Beverage Holders
1Beverage Holders
NOTICE
Spilled liquids damage the upholstery, carpeting, and
electrical components in the interior.
Be careful when you are using the beverage holders.
Hot liquid can scald you.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 132 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
Continued
133
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
The accessory power sockets can be used when the ignition switch is in ACCESSORY
(q or ON (w .
■ Accessory power socket (console panel)
Open the cover to use it.
■ Accessory power socket (console
compartment)
*
Open the console lid and the cover to use it.
■
Accessory Power Sockets
1Accessory Power Sockets
NOTICE
Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter
element.
This can overheat the power socket.
The accessory power socket is designed to supply
power for 12 volt DC accessories that are rated 120
watts or less (10 amps).
To prevent battery drain, only use the power socket
with the engine running.
When both sockets are being used, the combined
power rating of the accessories should not exceed
120 watts (10 amps).
Models with rear accessory power socket
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 133 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
134
Controls
There are coat hooks behind the center pillar
on both sides. Pull them down to use them.
■
Coat Hooks
1Coat Hooks
The coat hooks are not designed for large or heavy
items.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 134 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
135
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
The ignition switch must be in ON (w to use
the seat heaters. The HI setting heats the seats
faster than the LO setting.
There is no heater in the passenger's seat-
back due to the side airbag cutoff system.
While in HI, the heater cycles on and off.
uThe appropriate indicator will be on
while the seat heater is on. Briefly press
the switch on the opposite side to turn
the heater off. The indicator will be off.
When a comfortable temperature is
reached, select LO to keep the seat
warm.
■
Seat Heaters
*
1Seat Heaters
Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the
engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may
be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.
In the LO setting, the heater runs continuously and
does not automatically turn off.
3
WARNING
Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense
temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat
heaters.
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 135 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
136
Controls
Heating and Cooling
*
Using Vents, Heating and A/C
*
Mode Buttons
Change airflow.
Floor and defroster vents
Floor vents
Dashboard and floor vents
Dashboard vents
Fan Control Dial
Adjusts the fan
speed. Rotate the
dial all the way to
OFF to turn
everything off.
Button
*
Turns on the A/C, selects airflow
from the dashboard vents, and
switches the mode to recirculation.
A/C Button
*
Press to cool the interior or
dehumidify while heating.
Windshield Defroster Button
Turns on the A/C, selects airflow from
the defroster vents at the base of the
windshield, and switches the mode to
fresh air.
Temperature
Control Dial
Adjusts the interior
temperature.
(Recirculation) Button
Press the button and switch the mode
depending on environmental conditions.
Recirculation Mode (indicator on):
Recirculates air from the vehicle’s interior
through the system.
Fresh Air Mode (indicator off):
Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system
in fresh air mode in normal situations.
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 136 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
Continued
137
uuHeating and Cooling
*
uUsing Vents, Heating and A/C
*
Controls
The heater uses engine coolant to warm the
air.
1. Adjust the fan speed using the fan control
dial.
2. Select .
3. Adjust the temperature using the
temperature control dial.
■ To rapidly warm up the interior
1. Set the fan to the maximum speed.
2. Select .
3. Set the temperature to maximum warm.
4. Press the button (the indicator on).
■ To dehumidify the interior
*
When used in combination with the heater, the air conditioning system makes the
interior warm and dry and can prevent the windows from fogging up.
1. Turn the fan on.
2. Press the A/C button to turn on the air conditioning.
■
Heating
1Heating
When you select , the mode automatically
switches to fresh air.
1To rapidly warm up the interior
Change to fresh air mode as soon as the interior gets
warm enough. The windows may fog up if kept in
recirculation mode.
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 137 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuHeating and Cooling
*
uUsing Vents, Heating and A/C
*
138
Controls
1. Adjust the fan speed using the fan control
dial.
2. Select .
3. Adjust the temperature using the
temperature control dial.
4. Press the A/C button (the indicator on).
■ To rapidly cool down the interior
1. Set the fan to the maximum speed.
2. Set the temperature to maximum cool.
3. Press the button (the indicator on).
Pressing the button turns the air
conditioning system on and automatically
switches the system to fresh air mode.
■ To rapidly defrost the windows
1. Set the fan to the maximum speed.
2. Press the button.
3. Press the button.
4. Set the temperature to maximum warm.
■
Cooling
*
1To rapidly cool down the interior
If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down
more rapidly by partially opening the windows.
While in the ECON mode, the system has greater
temperature fluctuations.
Pressing the button bypasses the ECON mode
control, and cools down the interior more rapidly.
■
Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
*
1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
For your safety, make sure you have a clear view
through all the windows before driving.
Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower
limit.
When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the
windshield may fog up.
If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that
the air hits the side windows.
1To rapidly defrost the windows
After defrosting or defogging the windows, switch
over to fresh air mode.
If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the
windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes
visibility.
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 138 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
139
Features
This chapter describes how to operate technology features on models without the navigation system.
Audio System
*
About Your Audio System................ 140
USB Adapter Cable
*
........................ 141
Auxiliary Input Jack .......................... 141
Audio System Theft Protection
*
....... 142
Audio System Basic Operation
*
..... 143
Adjusting the Sound ........................ 144
Playing the AM/FM Radio ................. 145
Playing a CD .................................... 147
Models with information display
Audio System Basic Operation
*
..... 151
Audio Remote Controls
*
..................
152
Adjusting the Sound ........................ 153
Playing the AM/FM Radio................. 154
Playing a CD .................................... 157
Playing an iPod
®
...............................
160
Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 163
Playing Bluetooth
®
Audio.................
166
Models with multi-information display
Audio Error Messages
*
CD Player......................................... 168
iPod
®
/USB Flash Drive ......................
169
General Information on the Audio
System
*
Recommended CDs ......................... 170
Compatible iPod
®
and USB Flash Drives....172
Bluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®*
Using HFL ........................................ 173
HFL Menus ...................................... 175
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 139 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
2012 Civic Coupe
140
Features
Audio System
*
About Your Audio System
On models with navigation system, see the Navigation System Manual for operation
of the audio system, Bluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®
, and voice commands for these
features.
The audio system features AM/FM radio. It can also play CDs and WMA/MP3 files.
You can operate the audio system from the buttons and switches on the panel.
The audio system features AM/FM radio. It can also play audio CDs, WMA/MP3/AAC
files, iPods
®
, USB flash drives, and Bluetooth
®
devices
*
.
You can operate the audio system from the buttons and switches on the panel, or
the remote controls on the steering wheel.
1About Your Audio System
Video CDs, DVDs, and 3-inch (8-cm) mini CDs are not
supported.
iPod
®
is a registered trademark owned by Apple Inc.
MP3 and AAC are standard audio compression
formats. WMA is an audio compression format
developed by Microsoft Corporation.
Models with information display
Models with multi-information display
Remote Control
iPod
®
USB Flash
Drive
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 140 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
141
uuAudio System
*
uUSB Adapter Cable
*
Features
USB Adapter Cable
*
1. Unclip the USB connector and loosen the
adapter cable.
2. Install the iPod
®
dock connector or the USB
flash drive to the USB connector.
Auxiliary Input Jack
Use the jack to connect standard audio devices.
1. Open the AUX cover.
2. Connect a standard audio device to the
input jack using a 1/8 inch (3.5 mm) stereo
miniplug.
u The audio system automatically switches
to the AUX mode.
1USB Adapter Cable
• Do not leave the iPod
®
or USB flash drive in the
vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may
damage it.
• Do not use an extension cable with the USB
adapter cable.
• Do not connect the iPod
®
or USB flash drive using a
hub.
• Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard
disk drive, as the device or your files may be
damaged.
• We recommend backing up your data before using
the device in your vehicle.
• Displayed messages may vary depending on the
device model and software version.
If the audio system does not recognize the iPod
®
, try
reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To
reboot, follow the manufacturer's instructions
provided with the iPod
®
or visit www.apple.com/
ipod.
1Auxiliary Input Jack
To switch the mode, press any of the audio mode
buttons. You can return to the AUX mode by
pressing the AUX button.
You cannot use the auxiliary input jack if you replace
the audio system.
State or local laws may limit the circumstances in
which you can launch or control your attached audio
device.
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 141 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
142
uuAudio System
*
uAudio System Theft Protection
*
Features
Audio System Theft Protection
*
The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as
when the battery is disconnected or goes dead.
■ Reactivating the audio system
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON
(w, and turn on the audio system.
u If you turn the ignition switch to ACCESSORY
(q, you will be requested to
enter the audio security code. See step 3.
2. Press and hold the power button again for more than two seconds.
u The audio system is reactivated when the system’s control unit recognizes that
the system is in your vehicle.
If the control unit fails to recognize, ENTER CODE appears on the multi-
information display.
3. Enter the audio security code using the preset buttons. If you enter an incorrect
digit, continue to the last digit, then try again. If you do not enter code correctly
after 10 tries, leave the system for one hour before trying again, or visit a dealer
to have the system reset.
1Audio System Theft Protection
Find the audio system's security code and serial
number label in your owner’s manual kit.
We recommend that you write down the serial
number in this owner’s manual.
Do not store the label in your vehicle. If you lose the
label, you must first retrieve the serial number, and
then obtain the code.
You can find out about your serial number and
security code from a dealer.
You can register the security code at Owner Link
(owners.honda.com.), and find information on how
to retrieve the serial number and obtain the code at
radio-navicode.honda.com.
U.S. models
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 142 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
143
Features
Audio System Basic Operation
*
To use the audio system function, the ignition switch must be in ACCESSORY (q or
ON
(w.
Use the selector knob or SETUP button to
access some audio functions.
Press to switch between the normal and
extended display for some functions.
Selector knob: Rotate left or right to scroll
through the available choices. Press to set
your selection.
SETUP button: Press to select any mode such
as the Auto Select (A.SEL), Radio Data System
(RDS), Play Mode, or the Title Display.
button: Press to go back to the
previous display.
Models with information display
1Audio System Basic Operation
These indications are used to show how to operate
the selector knob.
Rotate to select.
Press to ENTER.
Press the SETUP button while listening to the radio:
2 Auto Select (A.SEL) P. 146
2 Radio Data System (RDS) P. 146
Press the SETUP button while listening to a CD:
2 How to Select a Play Mode P. 149
2 How to Select a Title Display P. 150
Button
Selector
Knob
SETUP
Button
Menu Display
Selector knob can be scrolled
to the direction(s).
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 143 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
144
uuAudio System Basic Operation
*
uAdjusting the Sound
Features
Adjusting the Sound
Press the button, and rotate to adjust
the setting.
Each time you press the button, a sound
mode switches as follows.
1Adjusting the Sound
When the adjustment level reaches the center, you
will see C in the display.
The SVC has four modes: OFF, LOW, MID, and HIGH.
SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle
speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As
you slow down, audio volume decreases.
BASS is selectable.
Button
Selector
Knob
Speed-sensitive
Volume
Compensation
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 144 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
145
uuAudio System Basic Operation
*
uPlaying the AM/FM Radio
Continued
Features
Playing the AM/FM Radio
FM Button
AM Button
Press to select a band.
/ Button
Press to display and select an
RDS category.
SCAN Button
Press to sample each of the
strongest stations on the
selected band for 10 seconds.
To turn off scan, press the
button again.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio
system ON and OFF.
Preset Buttons (1-6)
To store a station:
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Pick a preset button and hold it
until you hear a beep.
To listen to a stored station, select a
band, then press the preset button.
SEEK/SKIP Buttons
Press to search up and down
the selected band for a
station with a strong signal.
SETUP Button
Press to select Auto Select (A.SEL) or
Radio Data System (RDS).
Selector Knob
Turn to adjust the volume.
Press and turn to tune the radio
frequency.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 145 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuAudio System Basic Operation
*
uPlaying the AM/FM Radio
146
Features
Use the auto select feature to scan both bands and store the strongest station in
each preset.
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Press to enter the auto select mode.
u The system goes into scan mode for several seconds.
To turn off auto select, press again. This restores the presets you originally set.
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS capable FM station.
■ RDS INFO ON
Press the SETUP button twice then press while listening to an RDS capable
station. The station name is displayed. To turn off the RDS information, press
again.
■ To find an RDS station from your selected program category
1. Press the / button to
display and select an RDS category.
2. Use SEEK/SKIP or SCAN to select an RDS
station.
■
Auto Select (A.SEL)
■
Radio Data System (RDS)
1Playing the AM/FM Radio
The ST indicator appears on the display indicating
stereo FM broadcasts.
Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
You can store six AM stations and twelve FM stations
into the preset button memory. FM1 and FM2 let you
store six stations each.
A. SEL function scans and stores up to six AM stations
and twelve FM stations with a strong signal into the
preset button memory.
If you do not like the stations auto select has stored,
you can manually store your preferred frequencies.
1Radio Data System (RDS)
The display shows up to 12 characters of text data.
RDS Category
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 146 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
147
uuAudio System Basic Operation
*
uPlaying a CD
Continued
Features
Playing a CD
Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs, and CD-RWs in either MP3 or WMA
format. With the CD loaded, press the CD button.
/ Button
Press to change folders (MP3
or WMA).
SCAN Button
You will get a 10-second
sampling of each song.
●
Press to sample all tracks
on the CD (all files in the
current folder in MP3 or
WMA).
●
Press two times to sample
the first file in each of the
main folders (MP3 or
WMA).
●
To turn off scan, press and
hold the button.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio
system ON and OFF.
CD Slot
Insert a CD about halfway into the
CD slot.
SEEK/SKIP Buttons
Press or to change
tracks (files in MP3 or WMA).
SETUP Button
Press to select Play Mode or Title
Display.
Selector Knob
Turn to adjust the volume.
Press and turn to change tracks/
files or select an item, then press
to set your selection.
CD Button
Press to play a CD.
(CD Eject) Button
Press to eject a CD.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 147 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuAudio System Basic Operation
*
uPlaying a CD
148
Features
1. Press to switch the display to a folder list.
2. Rotate to select a folder.
3. Press to change the display to a list of
files in that folder.
4. Rotate to select a file, then press .
■
How to Select a File from a Folder with the Selector Knob
(MP3/WMA)
1Playing a CD
NOTICE
Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can
cause the CD to jam in the unit.
WMA files protected by digital rights management
(DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays UNPLAYABLE, then skips
to the next file.
Text data appears on the display under the following
circumstances:
• When you select a new folder, file, or track.
• When you change the audio mode to CD.
• When you insert a CD.
The display shows up to 12 characters of text data.
If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot,
the system reloads the CD automatically after several
seconds.
Track Selection
Folder Selection
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 148 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
Continued
149
uuAudio System Basic Operation
*
uPlaying a CD
Features
You can select repeat, random, and scan modes when playing a track or file.
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
■ To turn off a play mode
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select NORMAL PLAY, then press .
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Press the button to go back to the previous
display, and press the SETUP button twice to cancel
this setting mode.
Play Mode Menu Items
NORMAL PLAY
RPT ONE TRK: Repeats the current track/file(s).
RPT ONE FLD (MP3/WMA): Repeats all files in the
current folder.
RDM IN DISC: Plays all tracks/files in random order.
RDM IN FLD (MP3/WMA): Plays all files in the current
folder in random order.
Play Mode
Items
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 149 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuAudio System Basic Operation
*
uPlaying a CD
150
Features
You can select an item to be shown on the display if the CD was recorded with text
data.
1. Press the SETUP button twice.
2. Rotate to select a title display mode,
then press .
■
How to Select a Title Display
1How to Select a Title Display
Press the button to go back to the previous
display, and press the SETUP button to cancel this
setting mode.
Title Display Mode Menu Items
NORMAL: Track number
(MP3/WMA): File number and folder number
FOLDER (MP3/WMA): Folder name
FILE (MP3/WMA): File name
ALBUM: Album name
TRACK: Track name
ARTIST: Artist name
Title Display Mode
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 150 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
151
Features
Audio System Basic Operation
*
To use the audio system function, the ignition switch must be in ACCESSORY (q or
ON
(w.
Use the selector knob or SETUP button to
access some audio functions.
Press to switch between the normal and
extended display for some functions.
Selector knob: Rotate left or right to scroll
through the available choices. Press to set
your selection.
SETUP button: Press to select any mode such
as the Auto Select, RDS Information, Sound
Settings
*
, Play Mode, Resume/Pause
*
.
button
*
: Press to select the Sound
Setting mode.
button: Press to go back to the
previous display.
Models with multi-information display
1Audio System Basic Operation
These indications are used to show how to operate
the selector knob.
Rotate to select.
Press to ENTER.
Press the SOURCE, , , or button on the
steering wheel to change any audio setting.
2 Audio Remote Controls
*
P. 152
SETUP Menu Items
2 Auto Select P. 155
2 RDS Information P. 156
2 Sound Settings P. 153
2 Play Mode P. 159
2 Resume/Pause P. 167
+
–
Button
Selector
Knob
SETUP
Button
Sound Settings
Menu Display
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 151 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
152
uuAudio System Basic Operation
*
uAudio Remote Controls
*
Features
Audio Remote Controls
*
Allows you to operate the audio system while driving.
SOURCE Button
Cycles through the audio modes as follows:
FM1FM2AMCDAUX
(Volume) Buttons
Press : Increases the volume.
Press : Decreases the volume.
Buttons
• When listening to the radio
Press : Selects the next preset radio station.
Press : Selects the previous preset radio station.
• When listening to a CD, iPod
®
, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth
®
Audio
*
Press : Skips to the next song.
Press : Goes back to the beginning of the current or previous song.
1Audio Remote Controls
The CD mode appears only when a CD is loaded.
When in the AUX mode, the following are operable
from the remote controls:
• iPod
®
/USB flash drive connected to the USB
adapter cable
• Bluetooth
®
Audio (with some phones only)
Button
SOURCE Button
Button
Button
+
Button
–
+
–
+
–
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 152 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
153
uuAudio System Basic Operation
*
uAdjusting the Sound
Features
Adjusting the Sound
Press the SETUP button, and rotate to
select Sound Settings, then press . Rotate
to scroll through the following choices:
1Adjusting the Sound
The SVC has four modes: OFF, LOW, MID, and HIGH.
SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle
speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As
you slow down, audio volume decreases.
Press the button, and rotate to scroll
through the choices.
Models with the button
Button
Auto Select
TREBLE is selectable.
Selector
Knob
SETUP
Button
Speed-sensitive
Volume
Compensation
Subwoofer
*
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 153 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
154
uuAudio System Basic Operation
*
uPlaying the AM/FM Radio
Features
Playing the AM/FM Radio
00230075°
F miles
FM Button
AM Button
Press to select a band.
/ Button
Press to display and select an
RDS category.
SCAN Button
Press to sample each of the
strongest stations on the
selected band for 10 seconds.
To turn off scan, press the
button again.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio
system ON and OFF.
Preset Buttons (1-6)
To store a station:
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Pick a preset button and hold it
until you hear a beep.
To listen to a stored station, select a
band, then press the preset button.
SEEK/SKIP Buttons
Press to search up and down
the selected band for a
station with a strong signal.
SETUP Button
Press to display menu items.
Selector Knob
Turn to adjust the volume.
Press and turn to tune the radio
frequency.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 154 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
Continued
155
uuAudio System Basic Operation
*
uPlaying the AM/FM Radio
Features
Use the auto select feature to scan both bands and store the strongest station in
each preset.
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Auto Select, then press
.
To turn off auto select, press again. This
restores the presets you originally set.
■
Auto Select
1Playing the AM/FM Radio
The ST indicator appears on the display indicating
stereo FM broadcasts.
Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
Switching the Audio Mode
Press the SOURCE button on the steering wheel.
2 Audio Remote Controls
*
P. 152
You can store six AM stations and twelve FM stations
into the preset button memory. FM1 and FM2 let you
store six stations each.
Auto Select function scans and stores up to six AM
stations and twelve FM stations with a strong signal
into the preset button memory.
If you do not like the stations auto select has stored,
you can manually store your preferred frequencies.
Sound Settings
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 155 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
156
uuAudio System Basic Operation
*
uPlaying the AM/FM Radio
Features
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS capable FM station.
■ RDS Information
1. Press the SETUP button and rotate to
select RDS Information.
2. Each time you press , the RDS
Information switches between on and off.
■ To find an RDS station from your selected program category
1. Press the / button to
display and select an RDS category.
2. Use SEEK/SKIP or SCAN to select an RDS
station.
■
Radio Data System (RDS)
####-FM
Jazz
RDS Category
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 156 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
157
uuAudio System Basic Operation
*
uPlaying a CD
Continued
Features
Playing a CD
Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs and CD-RWs in either MP3 or WMA
format. With the CD loaded, press the CD button.
00230075°
F miles
Genre AAA
1’23’’
Track AAA
Artist AAA
/ Button
Press to skip to the next
folder, and to skip to
the beginning of the previous
folder in MP3 or WMA.
SCAN Button
You will get a 10-second
sampling of each song.
●
Press to sample all tracks
on the CD (all files in the
current folder in MP3 or
WMA).
●
Press two times to sample
the first file in each of the
main folders (MP3 or
WMA).
●
To turn off scan, press and
hold the button.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio
system ON and OFF.
CD Slot
Insert a CD about halfway into the
CD slot.
SEEK/SKIP Buttons
Press or to change
tracks (files in MP3 or WMA).
SETUP Button
Press to display menu items.
Selector Knob
Turn to adjust the volume.
Press and turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.
CD Button
Press to play a CD.
(CD Eject) Button
Press to eject a CD.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 157 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuAudio System Basic Operation
*
uPlaying a CD
158
Features
1. Press to switch the display to a folder list.
2. Rotate to select a folder.
3. Press to change the display to a list of
files in that folder.
4. Rotate to select a file, then press .
■
How to Select a File from a Folder with the Selector Knob
(MP3/WMA)
1Playing a CD
NOTICE
Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can
cause the CD to jam in the unit.
WMA files protected by digital rights management
(DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays Unsupported, then skips
to the next file.
Text data appears on the display under the following
circumstances:
• When you select a new folder, file, or track.
• When you change the audio mode to CD.
• When you insert a CD.
If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot,
the system reloads the CD automatically after several
seconds.
00230075°
F miles
Genre AAA
1’23’’
Track AAA
Artist AAA
Folder CCC
Folder AAA
Folder BBB
Track CCC
Track AAA
Track BBB
Folder Selection
Track Selection
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 158 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
159
uuAudio System Basic Operation
*
uPlaying a CD
Features
You can select repeat, random, and scan modes when playing a track or file.
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press
.
3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
■ To turn off a play mode
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press .
3. Rotate to select Normal Play, then press .
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Press the button to go back to the previous
display, and press the SETUP button to cancel this
setting mode.
Play Mode Menu Items
Normal Play
Repeat One Track: Repeats the current track/file(s).
Repeat One Folder (MP3/WMA): Repeats all files in
the current folder.
Random in Folder (MP3/WMA): Plays all files in the
current folder in random order.
Random in Disc: Plays all tracks/files in random
order.
Sound Settings
Play Mode
Items
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 159 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
160
uuAudio System Basic Operation
*
uPlaying an iPod
®
Features
Playing an iPod
®
Connect the iPod
®
using your dock connector to the USB adapter cable, then press
the AUX button.
2 USB Adapter Cable
*
P. 141
123456
Genre AAA
Song AAA
Artist AAA
/ Button
Press to go back to the
previous display.
Press to set your
selection.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio
system ON and OFF.
SEEK/SKIP Buttons
Press or to change
songs.
SETUP Button
Press to display menu items.
Selector Knob
Turn to adjust the volume.
Press and turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.
AUX Button
Press to select iPod
®
(if connected).
Album Art
USB Indicator
Comes on when an iPod
®
is
connected.
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 160 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
*
2012 Civic Coupe
Continued
161
uuAudio System Basic Operation
*
uPlaying an iPod
®
Features
1. Press to display the iPod
®
menu.
2. Rotate to select a menu.
3. Press to display the items on that menu.
4. Rotate to select an item, then press .
■
How to Select a File from the iPod
®
Menu
1Playing an iPod
®
Available operating functions vary on models or
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle's audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the multi-information display.
2 iPod
®
/USB Flash Drive P. 169
123456
Genre AAA
Song AAA
Artist AAA
Artist AAA
Artist BBB
All
iPod
®
Menu
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 161 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuAudio System Basic Operation
*
uPlaying an iPod
®
162
Features
You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a file.
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press
.
3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
■ To turn off a play mode
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press .
3. Rotate to select Normal Play, then press .
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Normal Play
Shuffle Off: Turns off the shuffle mode.
Shuffle: Plays all available files in a selected list
(playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or
composers) in random order.
Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,
or composers) in random order.
Repeat Off: Turns off the repeat mode.
Repeat One Track: Repeats the current track.
Shuffle Off
Shuffle
Normal Play
Sound Settings
Play Mode
Items
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 162 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
163
uuAudio System Basic Operation
*
uPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Continued
Features
Playing a USB Flash Drive
Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,
WMA or AAC
*1
format.
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB adapter cable, then press the AUX button.
2 USB Adapter Cable
*
P. 141
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes
®
are playable on this unit.
00230075°F miles
Genre AAA
1’23’’
File AAA
Artist AAA
123 456
/ Button
Press to skip to the next
folder, and to skip to
the beginning of the previous
folder.
SCAN Button
You will get a 10-second
sampling of each file.
●
Press to sample all files in
the current folder.
●
Press two times to sample
the first file in each of the
main folders.
●
To turn off scan, press and
hold the button.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio
system ON and OFF.
SEEK/SKIP Buttons
Press or to change files.
SETUP Button
Press to display menu items.
Selector Knob
Turn to adjust the volume.
Press and turn to select an item, then
press to set your selection.
AUX Button
Press to select USB flash drive
(if connected).
USB Indicator
Comes on when a USB flash drive
is connected.
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 163 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuAudio System Basic Operation
*
uPlaying a USB Flash Drive
164
Features
1. Press to switch the display to a folder list.
2. Rotate to select a folder.
3. Press to change the display to a list of
files in that folder.
4. Rotate to select a file, then press .
■
How to Select a File from a Folder with the Selector Knob
1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives.
2 General Information on the Audio System
*
P. 170
Files in WMA format protected by digital rights
management (DRM) are not played.
The audio system displays Unplayable File, and then
skips to the next file.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the multi-information display.
2 iPod
®
/USB Flash Drive P. 169
455:File CCC
456:File AAA
454:File BBB
122:Folder CCC
123:Folder AAA
121:Folder BBB
00230075°
F miles
Genre AAA
1’23’’
File AAA
Artist AAA
123 456
Folder Selection
Track Selection
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 164 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
165
uuAudio System Basic Operation
*
uPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Features
You can select repeat, random, and scan modes when playing a file(s).
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press
.
3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
■ To turn off a play mode
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press .
3. Rotate to select Normal Play, then press .
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Normal Play
Repeat One Track: Repeats the current file.
Repeat One Folder: Repeats all files in the current
folder.
Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current folder
in random order.
Random All: Plays all files in random order.
Sound Settings
Play Mode
Items
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 165 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
166
uuAudio System Basic Operation
*
uPlaying Bluetooth
®
Audio
Features
Playing Bluetooth
®
Audio
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth
®
-compatible
phone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and linked to the vehicle's
Bluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®
(HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 179
Models with Bluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®
1Playing Bluetooth
®
Audio
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming
audio capabilities are compatible with the system.
You can find an approved phone by visiting
, or by calling the
HandsFreeLink consumer support at
®
www.handsfreelink.ca, or call
(888) 528 -7876.
In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data
device functions while driving.
If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,
there will be a delay before the system begins to play.
123456
Genre AAA
File AAA
Artist AAA
(Power) Button
Press to turn the
audio system ON
and OFF.
SETUP Button
Press to display
menu items.
Selector Knob
Turn to adjust the
volume.
Press to display the
device’s name.
AUX Button
Press to select
Bluetooth
®
Audio.
SEEK/SKIP Buttons
Press or to
change files.
Bluetooth Indicator
Comes on when
your phone is
connected to HFL.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 166 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
(888) 528-7876.
In Canada, visit
www.//handsfreelink.honda.com
2012 Civic Coupe
167
uuAudio System Basic Operation
*
uPlaying Bluetooth
®
Audio
Features
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and
linked to HFL.
2. Press the AUX button.
If the phone is not recognized, another HFL-
compatible phone, which is not compatible
for Bluetooth
®
Audio, may be already linked.
■ To pause or resume a file
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Resume/Pause, then press .
Each time you press , the setting switches between Pause and Resume.
Press the (pick-up) button on the steering
wheel to receive a call when Bluetooth
®
Audio
is playing.
2 Bluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®
*
P. 173
Press the (hang-up/back) button to end
the call and return to Bluetooth
®
Audio.
■
To Play Bluetooth
®
Audio Files
1To Play Bluetooth
®
Audio Files
To play the audio files, you may need to operate your
phone. If so, follow the phone maker's operating
instructions.
The pause function may not be available on some
phones.
If any audio device is connected to the auxiliary input
jack, you may need to press the AUX button
repeatedly to select the Bluetooth
®
Audio system.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing
from your phone.
Sound Settings
■
Switching to HFL
1Switching to HFL
If you receive a call while Bluetooth
®
Audio is in the
pause mode, it will resume play after ending the call.
Button
Button
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 167 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
168
Features
Audio Error Messages
*
CD Player
If a disc error occurs, you may see the following error messages.
Error Message Cause Solution
HEAT ERROR High temperature
●
Turn the audio system off and allow the player to cool down until
the error message is cleared.
UNPLAYABLE/
Unsupported
Track/file format not supported
●
Current track/file will be skipped. The next supported track/file
plays automatically.
BAD DISC
PLEASE CHECK
OWNERS MANUAL
PUSH EJECT
Mechanical error
●
Press the (eject) button and remove the disc, and check that the
error message is cleared.
●
Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed, and insert the
disc again.
2 Protecting CDs P. 171
●
If the error message reappears, press the button, and pull out
the disc.
●
Insert a different disc.
If the new disc plays, there is a problem with the first disc.
●
If the error message repeats, or the disc cannot be removed,
contact a dealer.
Do not try to force the disc out of the player.
MECH ERROR
BAD DISC
PLEASE CHECK
OWNERS MANUAL
Servo error
CHECK DISC Disc error
●
Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed.
2 Protecting CDs P. 171
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 168 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
169
uuAudio Error Messages
*
uiPod
®
/USB Flash Drive
Features
iPod
®
/USB Flash Drive
If an error occurs while playing an iPod
®
or USB flash drive, you may see the
following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message Solution
USB Error
Appears when there is a problem with the USB adapter unit. Check if the device is compatible with the
USB adapter unit.
Bad USB Device
Please Check Owners
Manual.
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then turn the audio system
off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the error.
No Song Appears when the iPod
®
is empty. Check that compatible files are stored on the device.
Unsupported Ver
Appears when an unsupported iPod
®
is connected. If it appears when a supported iPod
®
is connected,
update the iPod
®
software to the newer version.
Retry Connection Appears when the system does not acknowledge the iPod
®
. Reconnect the iPod
®
.
Unplayable File
Appears when the files in the USB flash drive are DRM or an unsupported format. This error message
appears for about 3 seconds, then plays the next song.
No Data
Appears when the USB flash drive is empty or there are no MP3, WMA, or AAC files in the USB flash
drive. Check that compatible files are stored on the device.
Unsupported
Appears when an unsupported device is connected. If it appears when a supported device is
connected, reconnect the device.
Models with multi-information display
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 169 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
170
Features
General Information on the Audio System
*
Recommended CDs
• Use only high-quality CD-R or CD-RW discs labeled for audio use.
• Use only CD-R or CD-RW discs on which the recordings are closed.
• Play only standard round-shaped CDs.
• Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
• Some versions of MP3 or WMA formats may be unsupported.
1Recommended CDs
A Dual-disc cannot play on this audio unit. If recorded
under certain conditions, a CD-R or CD-RW may not
play either.
■
CDs with MP3 or WMA files
The CD packages or jackets should have one of these marks.
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 170 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
171
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System
*
uRecommended CDs
Features
■ Protecting CDs
Follow these precautions when handling or storing CDs:
• Store a CD in its case when it is not being played.
• When wiping a CD, use a soft clean cloth from the center to the outside edge.
• Handle a CD by its edge. Never touch either surface.
• Never insert foreign objects into the CD player.
• Keep CDs out of direct sunlight and extreme heat.
• Do not place stabilizer rings or labels on the CD.
• Avoid fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tip pens on the CD.
1Protecting CDs
NOTICE
Do not insert a damaged CD. It may be stuck inside
and damage the audio unit.
Examples:
●
Damaged CDs
Bubbled/
Wrinkled
With Label/
Sticker
Using
Printer Label
Kit
Sealed With Plastic Ring
●
Poor quality
CDs
Chipped/
Cracked
Warped Burrs
●
Small CDs
3-inch
(8-cm)
CD
●
Bubbled, wrinkled, labeled, and
excessively thick CDs
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 171 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
172
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System
*
uCompatible iPod
®
and USB Flash Drives
Features
Compatible iPod
®
and USB Flash Drives
• Use a recommended USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher.
• Some digital audio players may not be compatible.
• Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work.
• Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
• Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported.
■
iPod
®
Model Compatibility
Model
iPod classic
®
(80/160G)
iPod classic
®
(120G)
iPod
®
with video (iPod
®
5th generation)
iPod nano
®
iPod nano
®
2nd generation
iPod nano
®
3rd generation
iPod nano
®
4th generation
iPod nano
®
5th generation
iPod touch
®
iPod touch
®
2nd generation
■
USB Flash Drives
Models with multi-information display
1iPod
®
Model Compatibility
This system may not work with all software versions
of these devices.
1USB Flash Drives
Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored
order. This order may be different from the order
displayed on your PC or device.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 172 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
173
Continued
Features
Bluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®*
For models with the navigation system, see Navigation System Manual for how to
operate the Bluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®
.
Bluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®
(HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using
your vehicle's audio system, without handling your cell phone.
Using HFL
(Pick-up) button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen or to answer an
incoming call.
(Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call or to cancel a command.
(TALK) button: Press to call a number with a stored voice tag.
PHONE button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen.
Selector knob: Rotate to select an item on the screen, then press .
■
HFL Buttons
1Bluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®
To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell
phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing
procedures, and special feature capabilities:
• U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call
(888) 528-7876.
• Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call
Voice control tips
• Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the
windows, as noise coming from them may interfere
with the microphone.
• Press and release the button when you want to
call a number using a stored voice tag. Speak
clearly and naturally after a beep.
• If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,
the command may be misinterpreted.
• To change the volume level, use the audio system's
volume knob or the remote audio controls on the
steering wheel.
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
TALK Button
Volume up
Microphone
Hang-up/Back Button
Pick-up
Button
Volume
down
Selector
Knob
PHONE
Button
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 173 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
(888) 528 -7876.
2012 Civic Coupe
uuBluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®*
uUsing HFL
174
Features
The multi-information display notifies you
when there is an incoming call.
■
HFL Status Display
1Bluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®
Bluetooth
®
Wireless Technology
Bluetooth
®
name and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any
use of such marks by Honda Motors Co., Ltd., is
under license. Other trademarks and trade names are
those of their respective owners.
HFL Limitations
An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio
system when it is playing. It will resume when the call
is ended.
John
Signal Strength
HFL Mode
Battery Level Status
Roam Status
Call Name
Bluetooth Indicator
Comes on when your
phone is connected to HFL.
1HFL Status Display
The information that appears on the multi-
information display varies between phone models.
You can change the system language to English,
French, or Spanish.
2 Customized Features P. 86
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 174 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
175
uuBluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®*
uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
HFL Menus
The ignition switch must be in ACCESSORY (q or ON (w to use HFL.
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth-
compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle
is parked.
Some functions are limited while driving. A message
appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving
and the operation is canceled.
Display your speed dial entry lists.
(up to 15 entries per paired phone)
Display the last 20
outgoing calls.
Display the last 20
incoming calls.
Display the last 20
missed calls.
Display the paired phone’s phonebook.
Enter a phone number to dial.
or
PHONE
Phone
Speed Dial
*1
Call History
*1
Phonebook
*1
Dial
*1
Dialed Calls
Received Calls
Missed Calls
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 175 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
176
uuBluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®*
uHFL Menus
Features
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Redial the last number dialed in the phone’s history.
Pair a phone to the system.
Connect a phone to the system.
Disconnect a paired phone from the system.
Delete a previously paired phone.
Create a code for a paired phone.
Redial
*1
Connection
Phone Setup
Add a New Phone
Connect a Phone
Disconnect Phone
Delete a Phone
Pairing Code
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 176 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
177
uuBluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®*
uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Select a phone number from the
phonebook to store as a speed dial number.
Add New
Existing entry list
Select a phone number from the call history
to store as a speed dial number.
Enter a phone number to store as a speed
dial number.
Change a previously stored speed dial
number.
Delete a previously stored speed dial
number.
Create a voice tag for a speed dial number.
Change a voice tag for a speed dial number.
Delete a voice tag for a speed dial number.
Speed Dial
*1
Phonebook
Call History
Phone Number
Change Speed Dial
Delete Speed Dial
Store Voice Tag
Change Voice Tag
Delete Voice Tag
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 177 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
178
uuBluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®*
uHFL Menus
Features
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Set calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you enter
the vehicle.
Prioritize the caller’s name as the caller ID.
Prioritize the caller’s phone number as the
caller ID.
Create a security PIN for a paired phone.
Clear the system of all paired phones, phonebook entries, and security
codes.
Passcode
*1
Auto Transfer
Caller ID Info
System Clear
Name Priority
Number Priority
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 178 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
Continued
179
uuBluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®*
uHFL Menus
Features
■ To pair a cell phone (when there is no phone paired to the system)
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.
3. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
u If your phone doesn’t appear, select
Phone Not Found? and search for
Bluetooth devices using your phone.
From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
4. HFL gives you a four-digit pairing code to
input on your phone.
When your phone prompts you, input the
four-digit pairing code.
5. You will receive a notification on the screen
if pairing is successful.
■
Phone Setup
1Phone Setup
Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to
HFL before you can make and receive hands-free
calls.
Phone Pairing Tips:
• You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving.
• Your phone must be in the discoverable or search
mode when pairing the phone. Refer to your
phone's manual.
• Up to six phones can be paired.
• Your phone's battery may drain faster when it is
paired to HFL.
• If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
by the system within three minutes, the system will
time out and returns to idle.
Once you have paired a phone, you can see it
displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the
right side.
These icons indicate the following:
: The phone can be used with HFL.
: The phone is compatible with Bluetooth
®
Audio.
00230075°
F miles
PHONE#1
PHONE#1
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 179 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
180
uuBluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®*
uHFL Menus
Features
■ To pair a cell phone (when a phone has already been paired to the system)
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Connection, then press
.
4. Rotate to select Add a New Phone,
then press .
u The screen changes to Select Location.
5. Rotate to select Empty, then press .
00230075°
F miles
Connect a Phone
Add a New Phone
Speed Dial
Connection
PHONE#4
PHONE#5
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 180 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
181
uuBluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®*
uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
6. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then press .
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.
7. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
u If your phone doesn’t appear, select
Phone Not Found? and search for
Bluetooth devices using your phone.
From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
8. HFL gives you a four-digit pairing code to
input on your phone.
When your phone prompts you, input the
four-digit pairing code.
9. You will receive a notification on the screen
if pairing is successful.
00230075°
F miles
PHONE#6
PHONE#2
PHONE#2
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 181 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuBluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®*
uHFL Menus
182
Features
■ To change the pairing code setting
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
u Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
2. Rotate to select Connection, then press
.
3. Rotate to select Pairing Code, then
press .
4. Rotate to select Fixed or Random, then
press .
1To change the pairing code setting
The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the
setting.
To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the
current code, then enter a new one.
For a randomly generated pairing code each time you
pair a phone, select Random.
00230075°
F miles
Speed Dial
Connection
Pairing Code
Delete a Phone
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 182 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
183
uuBluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®*
uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ To delete a paired phone
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press
.
u Repeat the procedure to select
Connection, then Delete a Phone.
3. Rotate to select a phone you want to
delete, then press .
4. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
u You will receive a notification on the
screen if it is successful.
00230075°
F miles
2 PHONE#4
1 PHONE#3
3 PHONE#5
Pairing Code
Delete a Phone
Disconnect Phone
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 183 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuBluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®*
uHFL Menus
184
Features
You can protect each of the six cell phones with a security PIN.
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Passcode.
3. Select a phone you want to add a security
PIN to.
u Rotate to select a phone you want to
add a security PIN to, then press .
4. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen.
u Rotate to select Yes, then press .
5. Enter a new four-digit number.
u Rotate to select, then press . Press
to delete. Press to enter the
security PIN.
6. Re-enter the four-digit number.
u The screen returns to the screen in step
2.
■
To Create a Security PIN
1To Create a Security PIN
In the phone is already security PIN protected, you
need to enter the current security PIN before clearing
the PIN or creating a new one.
00230075°
F miles
PHONE#4
PHONE#3
PHONE#5
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 184 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
Continued
185
uuBluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®*
uHFL Menus
Features
If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically
transferred to HFL.
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Auto
Transfer.
3. Rotate to select On, then press .
4. You will receive a notification on the screen
if the change is successful.
You can select a caller’s information to be displayed when you have an incoming
call.
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Caller ID
Info.
3. Rotate to select a mode you want, then
press .
4. You will receive a notification on the screen
if the change is successful.
■
Automatic Transferring
■
Caller’s ID Information
1Caller’s ID Information
Name Priority mode: A caller’s name is displayed if it
is stored in the phonebook.
Number Priority mode: A caller’s phone number is
displayed.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 185 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
186
uuBluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®*
uHFL Menus
Features
Security codes, paired phones, all stored voice tag, all speed dial entries, and all
imported phonebook data are erased.
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select System
Clear.
3. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
4. You will receive a notification message on
the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
5. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen. Press to finish.
■
To Clear the System
00230075°
F miles
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 186 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
Continued
187
uuBluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®*
uHFL Menus
Features
When your phone is paired, the contents of its phonebook and call history are
automatically imported to HFL.
■
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
When you select a person from the list in the cellular
phonebook, you can see up to three category icons.
The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored
for that name.
If a name has four or more numbers, ∙∙∙ appears
instead of category icons.
On some phones, it may not be possible to import the
category icons to HFL.
The phonebook is updated after every connection.
Call history is updated after every connection or call.
Pref
Home
Mobile
Work
Pager
Car
Fax
Message
Other
Voice
222222####
111111####
333333####
John
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 187 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuBluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®*
uHFL Menus
188
Features
Up to 15 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone.
To store a speed dial number:
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Speed
Dial, then Add New.
3. Rotate to select a place to choose a
number from, then press .
By Phonebook:
u Select a number from the linked cell
phone’s imported phonebook.
By Call History:
u Select a number from the call history.
By Phone Number:
u Input the number manually.
4. When the speed dial is successfully stored,
you are asked to create a voice tag for the
number. Rotate to select Yes or No,
then press .
5. Using the button, follow the prompts to
say the name for the speed dial entry.
■
Speed Dial
1Speed Dial
You can use the audio preset buttons during a call to
store a speed dial number:
1. Press and hold the desired audio preset button
during a call.
2. The contact information for the active call will be
stored for the corresponding speed dial.
00230075°
F miles
Phone Number
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 188 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
Continued
189
uuBluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®*
uHFL Menus
Features
■ To add a voice tag to a stored speed dial number
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Speed
Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
4. Rotate to select Store Voice Tag, then
press .
5. Using the button, follow the prompts to
complete the voice tag.
1Speed Dial
Avoid using duplicate voice tag.
Avoid using “home” as a voice tag.
It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For
example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.”
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 189 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
190
uuBluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®*
uHFL Menus
Features
■ To delete a voice tag
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Speed
Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
4. Rotate to select Delete Voice Tag,
then press .
u You will receive a confirmation message
on the screen. Rotate to select Yes,
then press .
■ To delete a speed dial number
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Speed
Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
4. Rotate to select Delete Speed Dial,
then press .
u You will receive a confirmation message
on the screen. Rotate to select Yes,
then press .
Delete Voice Tag
Change Voice Tag
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 190 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
Continued
191
uuBluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®*
uHFL Menus
Features
You can make calls by inputting any phone number, or by using the imported
phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or redial.
■
Making a Call
1Making a Call
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by
voice from any screen.
Press the button and wait for a beep before
giving a command.
The maximum range between your phone and
vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters).
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of
the person you are calling through the audio
speakers.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 191 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
192
uuBluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®*
uHFL Menus
Features
■ To make a call using the imported phonebook
When your phone is paired, the contents of its phonebook are automatically
imported to HFL.
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phonebook, then press
.
3. The phonebook is stored alphabetically.
Rotate to select the initial, then press
.
4. Rotate to select a name, then press .
5. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
222222####
111111####
333333####
John
Jane
Mat
John
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 192 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
193
uuBluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®*
uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ To make a call using a phone number
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Dial, then press .
3. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
4. Rotate to select , then press .
u Dialing starts automatically.
■ To make a call using redial
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Redial, then press .
u Dialing starts automatically.
012345####
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 193 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuBluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®*
uHFL Menus
194
Features
■ To make a call using the call history
Call history is stored by Dialed Calls, Received Calls, and Missed Calls.
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Call History, then press
.
3. Rotate to select Dialed Calls, Received
Calls, or Missed Calls, then press .
4. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
■ To make a call using a speed dial entry
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
3. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using the call history
The call history displays the last 20 dialed, received, or
missed calls.
(Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.)
1To make a call using a speed dial entry
On the Phone screen, the first six speed dials on the
list can be directly selected by pressing the
corresponding audio preset buttons (1-6).
Select More Speed Dial Lists to view another paired
phone’s speed dial list.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 194 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
Continued
195
uuBluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®*
uHFL Menus
Features
When there is an incoming call, an audible
notification sounds (if activated) and the
Incoming Call screen appears.
Press the button to answer the call.
Press the button to decline or end the call.
■
Receiving a Call
1Receiving a Call
Call Waiting
Press the button to put the current call on hold to
answer the incoming call.
Press the button again to return to the current
call.
Ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer
it.
Press the button if you want to hang up the
current call.
John
HFL Mode
Caller Name
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 195 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuBluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®*
uHFL Menus
196
Features
The following options are available during a call.
Mute: Mute your voice.
Transfer: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone.
Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu-
driven phone system.
1. To view the available options, press the
PHONE button.
2. Rotate to select the option, then press
.
u The check box is checked when Mute is
selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.
■
Options During a Call
1Options During a Call
Touch Tones: Available on some phones.
John
0’50”
0’50”
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 196 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
197
Driving
This chapter discusses driving, refueling, and information on items such as accessories.
Before Driving
Driving Preparation .......................... 198
Maximum Load Limit........................ 201
Towing a Trailer
Towing Your Vehicle........................ 203
When
Driving
Starting the Engine .......................... 204
Precautions While Driving................. 206
Automatic Transmission ................... 207
Shifting .......................................... 208
Automatic transmission models
Shifting .......................................... 210
Cruise Control
*
............................... 213
VSA
®
(Vehicle Stability Assist), aka ESC
(Electronic Stability Control), System ...... 216
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)... 218
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) -
Required Federal Explanation .........
219
Braking
Brake System ................................... 222
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) ........... 224
Brake Assist System.......................... 225
Manual transmission models
Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped ................................ 226
Parking ............................................ 226
Refueling
Fuel Information .............................. 227
How to Refuel ................................. 228
Fuel
Economy
Improving Fuel Economy.................. 230
Accessories and Modifications
Accessories ...................................... 231
Modifications................................... 231
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 197 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
2012 Civic Coupe
198
Driving
Before Driving
Driving Preparation
Check the following items before you start driving.
• Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior
lights, or other parts of the vehicle.
u Remove any frost, snow, or ice.
u Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of
vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened.
u When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel
or wheel components.
• Make sure the hood is securely closed.
u If the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked.
• Make sure the tires are in good condition.
u Check air pressure, check for damage and excessive wear.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 274
• Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle.
u There are blind spots from the inside.
■
Exterior Checks
1Exterior Checks
NOTICE
When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around
the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force
them open, as this can damage the rubber trim
around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid
further freezing.
Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder.
You will be unable to insert key if the water freezes in
the hole.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 198 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
Continued
199
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
Driving
• Store or secure all items on board properly.
u Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle's
handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 201
• Do not pile items higher than the seat height.
u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden
braking.
• Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor
mat
*
.
u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator
pedal operation while driving.
• If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle.
u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.
• Securely close and lock both doors and the trunk.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 103
• Adjust your seating position properly.
u Adjust the head restraint, too.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 123
2 Adjusting the Head Restraints P. 125
• Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly for your driving.
u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.
2 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 122
2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 121
■
Interior Checks
1Interior Checks
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the trunk, have the aiming readjusted
at a dealer or by a qualified technician.
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 199 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
200
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
Driving
• Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the
seats.
u They can interfere with the driver's ability to operate the pedals, the operation
of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats.
• Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 31
• Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the
vehicle, and go off soon after.
u Always have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated.
2 Indicators P. 66
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 200 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
201
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
Continued
Driving
Maximum Load Limit
1Maximum Load Limit
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, all accessories and all cargo.
2 Specifications
P. 318
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.
2 Specifications
3
WARNING
Overloading or improper loading
can affect handling and stability
and cause a crash in which you
can be hurt or killed.
Follow all load limits and other
loading guidelines in this manual.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 201 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
The maximum load for your vehicle is 850 lbs (385 kg).
See Tire and Loading Information label attached to the driver's doorjamb.
This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and
accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer.
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit -
(1) Locate the statement "The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs." on your
vehicle's placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers
that will be riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers
from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example, if the "XXX" amount
equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load
capacity is 650 lbs.
(1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
Label Example
2
P. 320
2
P. 318
2
P. 320
2
2012 Civic Coupe
202
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
Driving
(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being
loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the
available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will
be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage
load capacity of your vehicle.
In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants,
accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the driver’s doorjamb.
Load Limits Example
Example1
Max Load
850 lbs
(385 kg)
Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs
(68 kg x 2 = 136 kg)
Cargo Weight
550 lbs
(249 kg)
Example2
Max Load
850 lbs
(385 kg)
Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs
(68 kg x 5 = 340 kg)
Cargo Weight
100 lbs
(45 kg)
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 202 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
203
Driving
Towing a Trailer
Your vehicle is not designed to tow a trailer. Attempting to do so can void your
warranties.
Towing Your Vehicle
Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs
to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information.
2 Emergency Towing P. 316
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 203 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
204
Driving
When Driving
Starting the Engine
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
2. Check that the shift lever is in
(P, then
depress the brake pedal.
u Although it is possible to start the vehicle
in
(N, it is safer to start it in (P.
2. Check that the shift lever is in
(N. Then
depress the brake pedal with your right
foot, and the clutch pedal with your left
foot.
u The clutch pedal must be fully depressed
to start the engine.
1Starting the Engine
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when
starting the engine.
The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in
thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400
meters).
When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all
electrical accessories such as the lights, heating and
cooling
*
system, and rear defogger in order to reduce
battery drain.
If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can
smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with
the engine or exhaust system.
Brake Pedal
Automatic transmission models
Brake Pedal
Clutch Pedal
Manual transmission models
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 204 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
205
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
Driving
3. Turn the ignition switch to START (e
without depressing the accelerator pedal.
1. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, release the parking brake. Check that
the brake system indicator has gone off.
2 Parking Brake P. 222
2. Put the shift lever in (D . Select (R when reversing.
3. Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal to pull
away.
1Starting the Engine
Do not hold the key in START
(e for more than 15
seconds.
• If the engine does not start right away, wait for at
least 10 seconds before trying again.
• If the engine starts, but then immediately stops,
wait at least 10 seconds before repeating step 3
while gently depressing the accelerator pedal.
Release the accelerator pedal once the engine
starts.
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from
theft. If an improperly coded key (or other device) is
used, the engine's fuel system is disabled.
2 Immobilizer System P. 109
■
Starting to Drive
Automatic transmission models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 205 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
206
uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving
Driving
Precautions While Driving
Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the engine or
cause electrical component failure.
If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location.
Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks.
■
In Rain
■
Other Precautions
1Precautions While Driving
NOTICE
Do not operate the shift lever while pressing the
accelerator pedal. You could damage the
transmission.
If the ignition switch is turned to ACCESSORY
(q or
LOCK
(0 while driving, the engine will shut down
and all steering and brake power assist functions will
stop, making it difficult to control the vehicle.
Do not put the shift lever in
(N , as you will lose
engine braking (and acceleration) performance.
During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation,
avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so
as to not damage the engine or powertrain.
Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km).
You should also follow this when the brake pads are
replaced.
NOTICE
The following can damage the under spoiler:
• Parking the vehicle by a parking block
• Parallel parking along the road shoulder
• Driving towards the bottom of a hill
• Driving up or down to a different surface level
(such as a road shoulder)
• Driving on a rutted or bumpy road
• Driving on a road with potholes.
2.4 ℓ engine models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 206 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
207
uuWhen DrivinguAutomatic Transmission
Driving
Automatic Transmission
The following conditions cause the engine to run at high revolutions, and increase
creeping:
• Immediately after the engine starts.
• When the heating and cooling
*
system is in use.
Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.
Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the
transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress
the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves.
■
Creeping
■
Kickdown
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 207 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
208
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
Shifting
Change the shift position in accordance with your driving needs.
■ Shift lever positions
Automatic transmission models
1Shifting
You cannot turn the ignition switch to LOCK
(0 and
remove the key unless the shift lever is in
(P .
The vehicle may move forward very slightly even in
(N while the engine is cold.
Depress the brake pedal firmly and, when necessary,
apply the parking brake.
Park
Used when parking or starting the
engine
Reverse
Used when reversing
Neutral
Used when idling
Drive
Used for normal driving (gears change
between 1st and 5th automatically)
Drive (D3)
Used when going up or down hills
Second
Used to increase engine braking
(the transmission is locked in 2nd gear)
First
Used to further increase engine braking
(the transmission is locked in 1st gear)
Release Button
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 208 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
209
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
■
Shift Lever Operation
1Shift Lever Operation
NOTICE
When you change the shift lever from (D to (R and
vice versa, come to a complete stop and keep the
brake pedal depressed.
Operating the shift lever before the vehicle has come
to a complete standstill can damage the transmission.
Use the shift lever position indicator to check the
lever position before pulling away.
Whichever position the shift lever is in when driving,
a blinking
(D indicator indicates a transmission
problem.
Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine
speeds in or over the tachometer red zone (engine
speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a
slight jolt.
It may not be possible to operate the shift lever if the
brake pedal is applied while the shift lever release
button is held down.
Depress the brake pedal first.
Tachometer's red zone
Shift Lever Position Indicator
Depress the brake pedal and
press the shift lever release button to
shift.
Shift without pressing the shift lever
release button.
Press the shift lever release button
and shift.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 209 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
210
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
Shifting
Fully depress the clutch pedal to operate the shift lever and change gears, then
slowly release the pedal.
Depress the clutch pedal, and pause for a few seconds before shifting into
(R, or
shift into one of the forward gears for a moment. This stops the gears so they do not
“grind.”
■
Shift Lever Operation
Manual transmission models
1Shifting
NOTICE
Do not shift to (R before the vehicle comes to a
complete stop.
Shifting to
(R before stopping can damage the
transmission.
NOTICE
Before downshifting, make sure the engine will not
go into the tachometer's red zone. Should this occur,
it can severely damage your engine.
There is a metallic part on the shift lever. If you leave
the vehicle parked outside for a long time on a hot
day, be careful before moving the shift lever. Because
of heat, the shift lever may be extremely hot. If the
outside temperature is low, the shift lever may feel
cold.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 210 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
Continued
211
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
When you are not shifting, do not rest your
foot on the clutch pedal. This can cause your
clutch to wear out faster.
5-speed manual
transmission
1Shifting
Recommended Shift Points
Driving in the highest gear that allows the engine to
run and accelerate smoothly helps to optimize fuel
economy and effective emissions control. The
following shift points are recommended:
If you exceed the maximum speed for the gear you
are in, the engine speed will enter into the
tachometer's red zone. When this happens, you may
experience a slight jolt.
Shift Up Normal Acceleration
1st to 2nd 15 mph (24 km/h)
2nd to 3rd 27 mph (43 km/h)
3rd to 4th 39 mph (63 km/h)
4th to 5th 53 mph (85 km/h)
Shift Up Normal Acceleration
1st to 2nd 17 mph (27 km/h)
2nd to 3rd 29 mph (46 km/h)
3rd to 4th 37 mph (59 km/h)
4th to 5th 43 mph (69 km/h)
5th to 6th 49 mph (79 km/h)
5-speed manual transmission models
6-speed manual transmission models
6-speed manual
transmission
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 211 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
212
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
The manual transmission has a lockout mechanism that stops you from accidentally
shifting into
(R from a forward gear while the vehicle is moving above a certain
speed.
If you cannot shift to
(R when the vehicle is stopped, do the following:
1. Depress the clutch pedal, move the shift
lever all the way to the left, and shift to
(R.
2. If you still cannot shift into
(R, apply the
parking brake, and turn the ignition switch
to ACCESSORY
(q or LOCK (0.
3. Depress the clutch pedal and shift into
(R.
4. Keep depressing the clutch pedal and start
the engine.
Have the vehicle checked by a dealer if you
have to go through this procedure repeatedly.
■
Reverse Lockout
6-speed manual transmission models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 212 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
213
uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control
*
Continued
Driving
Cruise Control
*
Maintains a constant vehicle speed without having to keep your foot on the
accelerator. Use cruise control on freeways or open roads where you can travel at a
constant speed with little acceleration or deceleration.
1Cruise Control
It may not be possible to maintain a constant speed
when driving uphill or downhill.
When not using cruise control:
Turn off cruise control by pressing the CRUISE
button.
While in the ECON mode, it may take relatively more
time to accelerate to maintain the set speed.
3
WARNING
Improper use of the cruise control can lead
to a crash.
Use the cruise control only when traveling
on open highways in good weather.
1.8 ℓ engine models
■ Shift positions for cruise control:
In
(D or (d
When to use
Always keep sufficient distance
between you and the vehicle in
front of you.
Automatic transmission models
■ Vehicle speed for cruise control:
Desired speed in a range above
roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~
How to use
CRUISE MAIN is on in the
instrument panel.
Cruise control is ready to use.
■ Press the CRUISE button on
the steering wheel.
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 213 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
214
uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control
*
Driving
Take your foot off the pedal and press the button when you reach the
desired speed.
The moment you release the button, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control
begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.
■
To Set the Vehicle Speed
Button
–/SET
On when cruise control begins
Press and release
On
On
–/SET
–/SET
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 214 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
215
uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control
*
Driving
Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the or buttons on the
steering wheel.
• Each time you press the button, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by
about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).
• If you keep the button pressed, the vehicle speed increases or decreases until you
release it. This speed is then set.
To cancel cruise control, do any of the
following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the CRUISE button.
• Depress the brake pedal.
• Depress the clutch pedal for five seconds or
more.
The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.
■
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
You can set the vehicle speed using the button
on the steering wheel when adjusting the speed with
the accelerator and brake pedals.
–/SET
RES/+
–/SET
■
To Cancel
To decrease speed
To increase speed
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed:
After cruise control has been canceled, you can still
resume the prior set speed by pressing the
button while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40
km/h) or more.
You cannot set or resume in the following situations:
• When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h)
• When the CRUISE button is turned off
At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise
control is canceled automatically.
RES/+
CRUISE
Button
CANCEL
Button
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 215 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
216
uuWhen DrivinguVSA
®
(Vehicle Stability Assist), aka ESC (Electronic Stability Control), System
Driving
VSA
®
(Vehicle Stability Assist), aka ESC (Electronic
Stability Control), System
VSA
®
helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less
than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces.
It does so by regulating engine output and selectively applying the brakes.
When VSA
®
activates, you may notice that the
engine does not respond to the accelerator.
You may also notice some noise from the
hydraulic system. You will also see the
indicator blink.
■
VSA
®
Operation
1VSA
®
(Vehicle Stability Assist), aka ESC (Electronic Stability
Control), System
The VSA
®
may not function properly if tire type and
size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and
type of tire, and the air pressures as specified.
When the VSA
®
indicator comes on and stays on
while driving, there may be a problem with the
system. While this may not interfere with normal
driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
VSA
®
cannot enhance stability in all driving situations
and does not control the entire braking system. You
still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate
for the conditions and always leave a sufficient
margin of safety.
The main function of the VSA
®
system is generally
known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The
system also includes a traction control function.
VSA
®
System
Indicator
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 216 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
217
uuWhen DrivinguVSA
®
(Vehicle Stability Assist), aka ESC (Electronic Stability Control), System
Driving
This button is on the driver side control panel.
To turn the VSA
®
system on and off, press and
hold it until you hear a beep.
VSA
®
will stop and the indicator will come on.
To turn it on again, press the (VSA
®
OFF)
button until you hear a beep.
VSA
®
is turned on every time you start the
engine, even if you turned it off the last time
you drove the vehicle.
■
VSA
®
On and Off
1VSA
®
(Vehicle Stability Assist), aka ESC (Electronic Stability
Control), System
Without VSA
®
, your vehicle will have normal braking
and cornering ability, but it will not have VSA
®
traction and stability enhancement.
In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets
stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier
to free it with the VSA
®
temporarily switched off.
When the VSA
®
system is off, the traction control
system is also off. You should only attempt to free
your vehicle with the VSA
®
off if you are not able to
free it when the VSA
®
is on.
Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to
switch VSA
®
on again. We do not recommend driving
your vehicle with the VSA
®
and traction control
systems switched off.
If the low tire pressure/TPMS
*
, low tire pressure
*
, or
TPMS indicator
*
comes on or blinks, the VSA
®
system
comes on automatically. In this case, you cannot turn
the system off by pressing the button.
You may hear a motor sound coming from the
engine compartment while system checks are being
performed immediately after starting the engine or
while driving. This is normal.
VSA
®
OFF
Indicator
1.8 ℓ engine models
VSA
®
OFF
Indicator
2.4 ℓ engine models
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 217 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
218
uuWhen DrivinguTPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
Driving
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
Monitors the tire pressure while you are
driving. If your vehicle's tire pressure becomes
significantly low, the low tire pressure
indicator comes on.
Monitors the tire pressure while you are
driving. If your vehicle's tire pressure becomes
significantly low, the low tire pressure/TPMS
indicator comes on and a message appears on
the multi-information display.
CHECK TIRE PRESSURE is displayed when a
tire has significantly low pressure.
U.S. models only
1TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
Conditions such as low ambient temperature and
altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can
trigger the low tire pressure indicator to come on.
2 If the Low Tire Pressure Indicator Comes
On P. 310
Tire pressure checked and inflated in:
• Warm weather can become under-inflated in
colder weather.
• Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer
weather.
The low tire pressure indicator will not come on as a
result of over inflation.
Conditions such as low ambient temperature and
altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can
trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come
on.
2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Comes On or Blinks P. 311
Tire pressure checked and inflated in:
• Warm weather can become under-inflated in
colder weather.
• Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer
weather.
The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will not come
on as a result of over inflation.
Models with information display
Models with multi-information display
Models with information display
Models with multi-information display
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 218 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
219
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
Continued
Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required
Federal Explanation
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard
or tire inflation pressure label.
(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should
determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been
equipped with
a tire pressure monitoring system
(TPMS) that illuminates a low
tire pressure telltale
when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure tell tale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure.
Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to
overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's
handling and stopping ability.
U.S. models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 219 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
220
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
Driving
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver 's responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the
level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a
TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the
system is not operating properly.
The TPMS
malfunction indicator is provided by a separate telltale,
which
displays the symbol “TPMS” when illuminated.
When the
malfunction indicator is illuminated,
the system may not be
able to detect or signal low tire pressure as
intended.
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including
the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the
vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or
more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to
continue to function properly.
Models with information display
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 220 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
221
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
Driving
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire
pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the
telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain
continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may
not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including
the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the
vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or
more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to
continue to function properly.
Models with multi-information display
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 221 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
222
Driving
Braking
Brake System
Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parking.
To apply:
Pull the lever fully up without pressing the
release button.
To release:
1. Pull the lever slightly, and press and hold
the release button.
2. Lower the lever down all the way, then
release the button.
■
Parking Brake
1Parking Brake
NOTICE
Release the parking brake fully before driving. The
rear brakes and axle can be damaged if you drive
with the parking brake applied.
If you start driving without fully releasing the parking
brake, a buzzer sounds as a warning, and RELEASE
PARKING BRAKE appears on the multi-information
display
*
.
Always apply the parking brake when parking.
To prevent the parking brake from freezing when the
outside temperature is extremely cold, do not apply
it, but do the following:
Put the shift lever in
(P , then use a block or other
wheel chock to stop the wheels from turning.
Put the shift lever in
(R or (1, then use a block or
other wheel chock to stop the wheels from turning.
Automatic transmission models
Manual transmission models
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 222 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
223
uuBrakinguBrake System
Driving
Your vehicle is equipped with front disc brakes. The brakes on the rear wheels may
be disc or drum, depending on the model. A power assist helps reduce the effort
needed on the brake pedal. The brake assist system increases the stopping force
when you depress the brake pedal hard in an emergency situation. The anti-lock
brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering control when braking very hard.
2 Brake Assist System P. 225
2 ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) P. 224
■
Foot Brake
1Foot Brake
Check the brakes after driving through deep water,
or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If
necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the
pedal several times.
If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when
applying the brakes, the brake pads need to be
replaced. Have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a
long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake
effectiveness. Apply engine braking by taking your
foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting to a
lower gear. With manual transmission use a lower
gear for greater engine braking.
Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while
driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause
them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad
life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 223 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
224
uuBrakinguABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
Driving
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by
pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you.
The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also
balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading.
You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always
keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as
"stomp and steer."
■ ABS operation
The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Keep holding the
pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need to press on the brake pedal very
hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel the ABS activate immediately
if you are trying to stop on snow or ice.
When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops.
■
ABS
1ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
NOTICE
The ABS may not function correctly if you use an
incorrect tire type and size.
When the ABS indicator comes on while driving,
there may be a problem with the system.
While normal braking is not affected, there is a
possibility of the ABS not operating. Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer immediately.
The ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes
to stop the vehicle. It only helps with steering control
during hard braking.
In the following cases, your vehicle may need more
stopping distance than a vehicle without the ABS:
• When driving on rough road surfaces, including
when driving on uneven surfaces, such as gravel or
snow.
• When tire chains are installed.
You may hear a motor sound coming from the
engine compartment while system checks are being
performed immediately after starting the engine or
while driving. This is normal.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 224 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
225
uuBrakinguBrake Assist System
Driving
Brake Assist System
Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress
the brake pedal hard during emergency braking.
■ Brake assist system operation
Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking.
When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise
may be heard. This is normal. Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down.
■
Brake Assist System
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 225 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
226
Driving
Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped
1. Always use the parking brake when you park your vehicle.
2. Make sure the parking brake is set firmly, or your vehicle may roll if parked on an
incline.
Parking
1. Depress the brake pedal firmly with the shift lever in
(D.
2. Apply the parking brake while holding the brake pedal down.
3. Move the shift lever to
(P.
4. Turn off the engine.
1Parking Your Vehicle
Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects,
such as dry grass, oil, or timber.
Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire.
1When Stopped
NOTICE
The following can damage the transmission:
• Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals
simultaneously.
• Holding the vehicle in place when facing uphill by
depressing the accelerator pedal.
• Moving the shift lever into
(P before the vehicle
stops completely.
Automatic transmission models
1Parking
Raise the wiper arms when snow is expected.
Automatic transmission models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 226 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
227
Continued
Driving
Refueling
Fuel Information
■ Fuel recommendation
Use of a lower octane gasoline can cause a persistent, heavy metallic knocking noise
that can lead to engine damage.
Use of a lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the
engine and will result in decreased engine performance.
Use of a gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage.
■ Top tier detergent gasoline
Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Honda
endorses the use of “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” where available to help
maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive
manufacturers to meet the needs of today’s advanced engines.
Unleaded gasoline, pump octane number 87 or higher
Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or higher
1Fuel Information
NOTICE
We recommend quality gasoline containing
detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and
engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain
good performance, fuel economy, and emissions
control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline
that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based
fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is
available.
Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely
affect performance, and cause the malfunction
indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on.
If this happens, contact a dealer for service.
Some gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such
as ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on
oxygenated gasoline containing up to 10% ethanol
by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol.
If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try
another service station or switch to another brand of
gasoline.
1.8 ℓ engine models
2.4 ℓ engine models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 227 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel
228
Driving
Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met
"TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline" standards at the retail location. This fuel is
guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic
additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic
additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission
control system.
For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on
gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit www.hondacars.com. In Canada, visit
www.honda.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more information on top
tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com.
■ Fuel tank capacity: 13.2 US gal (50 liters)
How to Refuel
1. Stop your vehicle with the service station
pump on the left side of the vehicle in the
rear.
2. Turn off the engine.
3. Push on the fuel fill door release handle at
the foot of the driver’s seat.
u The fuel fill door opens.
1How to Refuel
3
WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive.
You can be burned or seriously injured
when handling fuel.
• Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks,
and flame away.
• Handle fuel only outdoors.
• Wipe up spills immediately.
Push
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 228 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
229
uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel
Driving
4. Remove the fuel fill cap slowly. If you hear a
release of air, wait until this stops, then turn
the knob slowly to open the fuel fill cap.
5. Place the fuel fill cap in the holder.
6. Insert the filler nozzle fully.
u When the tank is full, the fuel nozzle will
click off automatically. This leaves space
in the fuel tank in case the fuel expands
with a change in the temperature.
7. After filling, replace the fuel fill cap,
tightening it until you hear it click at least
once.
u Shut the fuel fill door by hand.
1How to Refuel
The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in
the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result
of changes in air temperature.
If the fuel nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is
not full, there may be a problem with the pump's fuel
vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If
this does not fix the problem, consult a dealer.
Do not continue to add fuel after the nozzle has
automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed
the full tank capacity.
Cap
Cap
Holder
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 229 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
230
Driving
Fuel Economy
Improving Fuel Economy
Fuel economy depends on several conditions, including driving conditions, your
driving habits, the condition of your vehicle, and loading. Depending on these and
other conditions, you may or may not achieve the rated fuel economy of this vehicle.
You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle.
Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the
information display
*
/multi-information display
*
.
• Use the recommended viscosity engine oil, displaying the API Certification Seal.
• Maintain the specified tire pressure.
• Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo.
• Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicle's underside
adds weight and increases wind resistance.
■
Maintenance and Fuel Economy
1Improving Fuel Economy
Direct calculation is the recommended method to
determine actual fuel consumed while driving.
In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are
established following a simulated test. For more
information on how this test is performed, please visit
http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/
Miles driven
Gallons of
fuel
Miles per
Gallon
100 Liter
Kilometers L per 100 km
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 230 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
231
Driving
Accessories and Modifications
Accessories
When installing accessories, check the following:
• Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and
delay your reaction to driving conditions.
• Do not install accessories on the side pillars or across the side windows.
Accessories installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the
side curtain airbags.
• Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with
proper operation of your vehicle.
2 Fuses P. 312
• Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for
assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation.
Modifications
Do not modify your vehicle or use non-Honda components that can affect its
handling, stability, and reliability.
Overall vehicle performance can be affected. Always make sure all equipment is
properly installed and maintained, and that it meets federal, state, province,
territory, and local regulations.
1Accessories and Modifications
Honda Genuine accessories are recommended to
ensure proper operation on your vehicle.
3
WARNING
Improper accessories or modifications can
affect your vehicle's handling, stability, and
performance, and cause a crash in which
you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner's
manual regarding accessories and
modifications.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 231 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
232
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 232 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
2012 Civic Coupe
233
Maintenance
This chapter discusses basic maintenance.
Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance ............ 234
Safety When Performing Maintenance..... 235
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance
Service ...........................................
236
Maintenance Minder™
.................... 237
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood..... 245
Opening the Hood ........................... 247
Recommended Engine Oil ................ 248
Oil Check......................................... 249
Adding Engine Oil............................ 251
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter ..... 252
Engine Coolant................................ 255
Transmission Fluid............................ 257
Brake/Clutch Fluid............................ 260
Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 261
Replacing Light Bulbs ......................
. 262
Checking and Maintaining Wiper
Blades .......................................... 272
Checking
and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires ................................. 274
Tire and Loading Information Label...... 275
Tire Labeling .................................... 275
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles).......277
Wear Indicators................................ 279
Tire Service Life................................ 279
Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 280
Tire Rotation.................................... 281
Winter Tires ..................................... 282
Battery............................................... 283
Remote Transmitter Care
*
Replacing the Battery....................... 284
Heating and Cooling
*
System
Maintenance .........
.......................... 285
Cleaning
Interior Care .................................... 286
Exterior Care.................................... 288
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 233 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
2012 Civic Coupe
234
Maintenance
Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance
For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle
in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient
brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
(Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in
effect.) Refer to the separate maintenance booklet for detailed maintenance and
inspection information.
■ Daily inspections
Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when
refueling.
■ Periodic inspections
• Check the automatic transmission fluid level monthly.
2 Automatic Transmission Fluid P. 257
• Check the brake fluid level monthly.
2 Brake/Clutch Fluid P. 260
• Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 274
• Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly.
2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 262
• Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months.
2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 272
■
Types of Inspection and Maintenance
1Inspection and Maintenance
Maintenance, replacement, or repair of
emissions control devices and systems may be
done by any automotive repair establishment or
individuals using parts that are "certified" to
EPA standards.
According to state and federal regulations, failure to
perform maintenance on the maintenance main
items marked with # will not void your emissions
warranties. However, all maintenance services should
be performed in accordance with the intervals
indicated by the information display
*
/multi-
information display
*
.
2 Maintenance Service Items
P. 239
If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks
that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a
subscription to the Service Express website at
www.techinfo.honda.com.
2 Authorized Manuals P. 329
If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make
sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first.
After performing maintenance, update the records in
the separate maintenance booklet.
U.S. models
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 234 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2
P. 243
2
2012 Civic Coupe
235
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance
Maintenance
Safety When Performing Maintenance
Some of the most important safety precautions are given here.
However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in
performing maintenance. Only you can decide whether or not you should perform
a given task.
• To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames
away from the battery and all fuel related parts.
• To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not
gasoline.
• Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the battery or
compressed air.
• Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you.
u Only operate the engine if there is sufficient ventilation.
• The vehicle must be in a stationary condition.
u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and
the engine is off.
• Be aware that hot parts can burn you.
u Make sure to let the engine and exhaust system cool thoroughly before
touching vehicle parts.
• Be aware that moving parts can injure you.
u Do not start the engine unless instructed, and keep your hands and limbs away
from moving parts.
■
Maintenance Safety
■
Vehicle Safety
1Safety When Performing Maintenance
3
WARNING
Improperly maintaining this vehicle or
failing to correct a problem before driving
can cause a crash in which you can be
seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the inspection and
maintenance recommendations according
to the schedules in this owner's manual.
3
WARNING
Failure to properly follow maintenance
instructions and precautions can cause you
to be seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the procedures and
precautions in this owner's manual.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 235 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
236
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
Maintenance
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
The use of Honda genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and
servicing your vehicle. Honda genuine parts are manufactured according to the
same high quality standards used in Honda vehicles.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 236 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
237
Continued
Maintenance
Maintenance Minder™
If the engine oil life is less than 15%, you will see the Maintenance Minder messages
appear on the information display
*
or the multi-information display
*
every time you
turn the ignition switch to ON
(w. The messages notify you when to change the
engine oil, or when to bring your vehicle to a dealer for indicated maintenance
services.
To Use Maintenance Minder
TM
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON
(w.
2. Press the (SEL/RESET) knob repeatedly
until the engine oil life appears on the
information display.
The Maintenance Minder indicator ( ) stays
on in the instrument panel after the engine oil
life becomes 0%. Have the indicated
maintenance done by a dealer immediately.
■
Displaying the Engine Oil Life
Models with information display
1Displaying the Engine Oil Life
Based on the engine operating conditions, the
remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed
as a percentage.
Displayed Engine Oil
Life (%)
Calculated Engine Oil
Life (%)
100 100 to 91
90 90 to 81
80 80 to 71
70 70 to 61
60 60 to 51
50 50 to 41
40 40 to 31
30 30 to 21
20 20 to 16
15 15 to 11
10 10 to 6
5 5 to 1
0 0
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 237 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
238
uuMaintenance Minder™uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance
To switch the display, press the (SEL/RESET) knob.
■
Maintenance Minder Messages on the Information Display
Oil Life Display Explanation Information Maintenance Minder Indicator
The engine oil life indicator starts
to appear along with other due
soon maintenance item codes
when the remaining oil life
becomes 15 percent.
The engine oil is approaching the
end of its service life.
Starts to come on when the
remaining engine oil life becomes
15 percent.
It goes off when the display is
switched.
The SERVICE message also starts
to appear along with the engine oil
life indicator and the maintenance
item codes.
The engine oil has almost reached
the end of its service life, and the
maintenance items should be
inspected and serviced as soon as
possible.
The remaining engine oil life has
passed its service life, and a
negative distance appears after
driving over 10 miles (U.S. models)
or 10 km (Canadian models). The
negative distance on the display
blinks.
The engine oil life has passed.
The maintenance items must be
inspected and serviced
immediately.
Stays on as a reminder even when
the display is switched.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 238 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
239
uuMaintenance Minder™uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Continued
Maintenance
■
Maintenance Service Items
1Maintenance Service Items
• Independent of the Maintenance Minder
information, replace the brake fluid every 3 years.
• Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000
km).
• Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if
they are noisy.
Maintenance Minder Message
Maintenance
Minder Indicator
Sub Items
Main Item
*1: If a message SERVICE does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, change the
engine oil every year.
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.
CODE Maintenance Main Items
A
●
Replace engine oil
*1
B
●
Replace engine oil
*1
and oil filter
●
Inspect front and rear brakes/service as necessary
●
Check parking brake adjustment
●
Inspect tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots
●
Inspect suspension components
●
Inspect driveshaft boots
●
Inspect brake hoses and lines (Including ABS/VSA)
●
Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids
●
Inspect exhaust system
#
●
Inspect fuel lines and connections
#
*2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
*3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
CODE Maintenance Sub Items
1
●
Rotate tires
2
●
Replace air cleaner element
*2
●
Replace dust and pollen filter
*,*3
●
Inspect drive belt
3
●
Replace transmission fluid
4
●
Replace spark plugs
●
Inspect valve clearance
5
●
Replace engine coolant
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 239 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuMaintenance Minder™uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
240
Maintenance
Reset the engine oil life display if you have performed the maintenance service.
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON
(w.
2. Display the engine oil life by repeatedly
pressing the (SEL/RESET) knob.
3. Press and hold the knob for ten seconds
or more.
u The engine oil life indicator and the
maintenance item codes blink.
4. Press the knob for five seconds or more.
u The displayed maintenance items
disappear, and the engine oil life display
returns to 100%.
■
Resetting the Display
1Resetting the Display
NOTICE
Failure to reset the engine oil life after a maintenance
service results in the system showing incorrect
maintenance intervals, which can lead to serious
mechanical problems.
The dealer will reset the engine oil life display after
completing the required maintenance service. If
someone other than a dealer performs maintenance
service, reset the engine oil life display yourself.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 240 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
241
uuMaintenance Minder™uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Continued
Maintenance
To Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance items, which should be serviced at the same time that you replace the
engine oil, appear on the multi-information display.
You can view them on the Maintenance info screen at any time.
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON
(w.
2. Press the MENU button to go to the Vehicle Menu screen.
3. Select Vehicle Information with the button, then press the SOURCE button.
4. Press the SOURCE button again to go to the Maintenance info screen. The
engine oil life appears on the multi-information display.
■
Displaying the Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items
Models with multi-information display
1Displaying the Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items
Based on the engine operating conditions, the
remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed
as a percentage.
There is a list of maintenance main and sub items you
can view on the multi-information display.
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 243
Displayed Engine Oil
Life (%)
Calculated Engine Oil
Life (%)
100 100 to 91
90 90 to 81
80 80 to 71
70 70 to 61
60 60 to 51
50 50 to 41
40 40 to 31
30 30 to 21
20 20 to 16
15 15 to 11
10 10 to 6
5 5 to 1
0 0
+
MENU
SOURCE
50
Engine oil
Air filters
2345
SOURCE
Button
MENU
Button
Button
+
Sub Item
Engine Oil Life
Main
Item
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 241 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
242
uuMaintenance Minder™uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance
The system message indicator ( ) comes on along with the Maintenance Minder message.
■
Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-Information
Display
Maintenance Message Oil Life Display Explanation Information
SERVICE DUE SOON 15% The remaining engine oil life is 15 to
6 percent. Once you switch the
display by pressing the
(display/information) button, this
message will go off.
The engine oil is approaching the end
of its service life, and the maintenance
items should be inspected and serviced
soon.
SERVICE DUE NOW 5% The remaining engine oil life is 5 to 1
percent. Press the button to
switch to another display.
The engine oil has almost reached the
end of its service life, and the
maintenance items should be inspected
and serviced as soon as possible.
SERVICE PAST DUE Negative Distance The remaining engine oil life has
passed its service life, and a negative
distance appears after driving over
10 miles (U.S. models) or 10 km
(Canadian models). Press the
button to switch to another display.
The engine oil life has passed.
The maintenance items must be
inspected and serviced immediately.
2345
15
Engine oil
Air filters
2345
2345
5
Engine oil
Air filters
2345
2345
2345
-30
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 242 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
243
uuMaintenance Minder™uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Continued
Maintenance
■
Maintenance Service Items
1Maintenance Service Items
• Independent of the Maintenance Minder
information, replace the brake fluid every 3 years.
• Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000
km).
• Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if
they are noisy.
2345
Maintenance Minder
Message
System Message
Indicator
Sub Items
Main
Item
*1: If a message SERVICE does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, change the
engine oil every year.
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.
CODE Maintenance Main Items
A
●
Replace engine oil
*1
B
●
Replace engine oil
*1
and oil filter
●
Inspect front and rear brakes/service as necessary
●
Check parking brake adjustment
●
Inspect tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots
●
Inspect suspension components
●
Inspect driveshaft boots
●
Inspect brake hoses and lines (Including ABS/VSA)
●
Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids
●
Inspect exhaust system
#
●
Inspect fuel lines and connections
#
*2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
*3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
CODE Maintenance Sub Items
1
●
Rotate tires
2
●
Replace air cleaner element
*2
●
Replace dust and pollen filter
*3
●
Inspect drive belt
3
●
Replace transmission fluid
4
●
Replace spark plugs
●
Inspect valve clearance
5
●
Replace engine coolant
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 243 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuMaintenance Minder™uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
244
Maintenance
Reset the engine oil life display if you have performed the maintenance service.
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w .
2. Go to the Maintenance info screen.
2 Displaying the Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items P. 241
3. Press the SOURCE button.
u The oil life reset mode is displayed on the multi-information display.
4. Select Yes with the button, then press the SOURCE button.
u The displayed maintenance items disappear, and the engine oil life display
returns to 100%.
u Any maintenance items that are necessary for your vehicle at the next
maintenance service will appear.
To cancel the oil life reset mode, select No, then press the SOURCE button.
■
Resetting the Display
1Resetting the Display
NOTICE
Failure to reset the engine oil life after a maintenance
service results in the system showing incorrect
maintenance intervals, which can lead to serious
mechanical problems.
The dealer will reset the engine oil life display after
completing the required maintenance service. If
someone other than a dealer performs maintenance
service, reset the engine oil life display yourself.
SOURCE
5
Engine oil
Air filters
2345
Engine
Oil Life
SOURCE
Button
Button
–
Maintenance Item Codes
–
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 244 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
245
Continued
Maintenance
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood
1.8 ℓ engine models
Brake Fluid
(Black Cap)
Engine Coolant ReservoirRadiator Cap
Washer Fluid
(Blue Cap)
Engine Oil Dipstick
(Orange Handle)
Clutch Fluid
(Light Gray Cap)
Manual transmission
models
Engine Oil Fill Cap
Automatic
Transmission Fluid
Dipstick (Yellow Loop)
Automatic transmission
models
Battery
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 245 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
246
uuMaintenance Under the HooduMaintenance Items Under the Hood
Maintenance
2.4 ℓ engine models
Engine Oil Dipstick
(Orange Handle)
Washer Fluid
(Blue Cap)
Engine Coolant Reservoir
Radiator Cap
Brake Fluid
(Black Cap)
Engine Oil Fill Cap
Clutch Fluid
(Light Gray Cap)
Battery
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 246 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
247
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood
Maintenance
Opening the Hood
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set
the parking brake.
2. Pull the hood release handle under the
lower left corner of the dashboard.
u The hood will pop up slightly.
3. Push up the hood latch lever in the center
of the hood to release the lock mechanism,
and open the hood.
4. Remove the support rod from the clamp
using the grip. Mount the support rod in
the hood.
When closing, remove the support rod, and
stow it in the clamp, then gently lower the
hood. Remove your hand at a height of
approximately 12 inches (30 cm) and let the
hood close.
1Opening the Hood
NOTICE
Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are
raised.
The hood will strike the wipers, and may damage
either the hood or the wipers.
When closing the hood, check that the hood is
securely latched.
If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can
open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch
mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated.
Hood Release Handle
Pull
Lever
Support Rod
Grip
Clamp
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 247 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
248
uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil
Maintenance
Recommended Engine Oil
Oil is a major contributor to your engine's
performance and longevity. If you drive the
vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil,
the engine may fail or be damaged.
This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving
and that it meets the American Petroleum
Institute’s latest requirements.
Use a Genuine Honda Motor Oil or another
commercial engine oil of suitable viscosity for
the ambient temperature as shown.
■ Synthetic oil
You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal
and is the specified viscosity grade.
• Genuine Honda Motor Oil
• Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on the
container.
1Recommended Engine Oil
Engine Oil Additives
Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact,
they may adversely affect the engine performance
and durability.
Ambient Temperature
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 248 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
249
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check
Continued
Maintenance
Oil Check
We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel.
Park the vehicle on level ground.
Wait approximately three minutes after turning the engine off before you check the
oil.
1. Remove the dipstick (orange handle).
2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or
paper towel.
3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its
hole.
1Oil Check
If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly
add oil being careful not to overfill.
2.4 ℓ engine models
1.8 ℓ engine models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 249 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
250
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check
Maintenance
4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the
level. It should be between the upper and
lower marks. Add oil if necessary.
Upper Mark
Lower Mark
1.8 ℓ engine models
Upper Mark
Lower Mark
2.4 ℓ engine models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 250 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
251
uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil
Maintenance
Adding Engine Oil
1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap.
2. Add oil slowly.
3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten
it securely.
4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the
engine oil dipstick.
1Adding Engine Oil
If any oil spills, wipe it up immediately. Spilled oil may
damage the engine compartment components.
NOTICE
Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark.
Overfilling the engine oil can result in leaks and
engine damage.
Engine Oil
Fill Cap
1.8 ℓ engine models
Engine Oil
Fill Cap
2.4 ℓ engine models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 251 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
252
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
Maintenance
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the
engine's lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly.
Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the
information display
*
/multi-information display
*
.
1. Run the engine until it reaches normal
operating temperature, and then turn the
engine off.
2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil
fill cap.
3. Remove the bolts on the undercarriage
and remove the under cover.
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
NOTICE
You may damage the environment if you do not
dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are
changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of
the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take
it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away
into a garbage can or onto the ground.
Under Cover
Bolt
1.8 ℓ engine
models
1.8 ℓ engine models
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 252 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
253
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
Continued
Maintenance
4. Remove the drain bolt and washer from
the bottom of the engine, and drain the
oil into a suitable container.
1.8 ℓ engine models
Drain Bolt
Washer
2.4 ℓ engine models
Drain
Bolt
Washer
All models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 253 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
254
Maintenance
5. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the
remaining oil.
6. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to
the engine contact surface.
u If it is stuck, you must detach it.
7. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the
contact surface of the engine block, and
install a new oil filter.
u Apply a light coat of new engine oil to
the oil filter rubber seal.
8. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then
reinstall the drain bolt.
u Tightening torque:
29 lbf∙ft (39 N∙m, 4.0 kgf∙m)
30 lbf∙ft (40 N∙m, 4.0 kgf∙m)
9. Pour the recommended engine oil into the engine.
u Engine oil change capacity (including filter):
3.9 US qt (3.7 L)
4.4 US qt (4.2 L)
10.Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and
start the engine.
11.Run the engine for a few minutes, and
then check that there is no leak from the
drain bolt or oil filter.
12.Stop the engine, wait for three minutes,
and then check the oil level on the dipstick.
u If necessary, add more engine oil.
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You will need a special wrench to replace the oil
filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer.
When installing the new oil filter, follow the
instructions supplied with the oil filter.
Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The
low oil pressure indicator should go off within five
seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check
your work.
2.4 ℓ engine models
Oil Filter
1.8 ℓ engine models
Oil Filter
1.8 ℓ engine models
2.4 ℓ engine models
1.8 ℓ engine models
2.4 ℓ engine models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 254 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
255
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant
Continued
Maintenance
Engine Coolant
This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any
straight antifreeze or water.
We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the
reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the
radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly.
1. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve
tank.
2. If the coolant level is below the MIN mark,
add the specified coolant until it reaches
the MAX mark.
3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks.
Specified coolant: Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
■
Reserve Tank
1Engine Coolant
NOTICE
You will need a more concentrated coolant if you are
driving in extremely cold temperature below −31 °F
(−35 °C). Consult your Honda dealer for details about
a suitable coolant mixture.
If Honda antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may
use another major brand non-silicate coolant as a
temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality
coolant recommended for aluminum engines.
Continued use of any non-Honda coolant can result
in corrosion, causing the cooling system to
malfunction or fail. Have the cooling system flushed
and refilled with Honda antifreeze/coolant as soon as
possible.
Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your
vehicle's coolant system. They may not be compatible
with the coolant or with the engine components.
2.4 ℓ engine models
All models
Reserve
Tank
MAX
MIN
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 255 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant
256
Maintenance
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are
cool.
2. Turn the radiator cap counterclockwise and
relieve any pressure in the coolant system.
Do not push the cap down when turning.
3. Push down and turn the radiator cap
counterclockwise to remove it.
4. The coolant level should be up to the base
of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low.
5. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it
fully.
6. Pour coolant into the reserve tank until it
reaches the MAX mark. Put the cap back on
the reserve tank.
■
Radiator
1Radiator
NOTICE
Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill
any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can
damage components in the engine compartment.
3
WARNING
Removing the radiator cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the radiator cap.
Radiator Cap
1.8 ℓ engine models
2.4 ℓ engine models
Radiator Cap
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 256 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
257
uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid
Continued
Maintenance
Transmission Fluid
Check the fluid level when the engine is at normal operating temperature.
1. Park on level ground, and start the engine.
2. Wait until the radiator fan starts and then
turn off the engine.
u Perform step 3 after waiting for about 60
seconds (less than 90 seconds).
3. Remove the dipstick (yellow loop) from the
transmission and wipe it with a clean cloth.
4. Insert the dipstick all the way back into the
transmission securely, as shown in the
image.
5. Remove the dipstick and check the fluid
level.
u It should be between the upper and
lower marks in the HOT range.
6. If the level is below the lower mark, add
fluid into the dipstick hole to bring it to the
level between the upper and lower marks,
and have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
■
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Specified fluid: Honda ATF DW-1 (automatic transmission fluid)
1Automatic Transmission Fluid
NOTICE
Do not mix Honda ATF DW-1 with other
transmission fluids.
Using a transmission fluid other than Honda ATF
DW-1 may adversely affect the operation and
durability of your vehicle's transmission, and damage
the transmission.
Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that
is not equivalent to Honda ATF DW-1 is not covered
by Honda's new vehicle warranty.
NOTICE
Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill
any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can
damage components in the engine compartment.
Upper Mark
Lower Mark
HOT
Range
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 257 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid
258
Maintenance
Check the fluid level when the engine is at normal operating temperature.
1. Park the vehicle on level ground.
2. Remove the bolts with a wrench, then
carefully remove the under cover.
3. Remove the holding clip and the bolt, then
bend down the front edge of the left side
under cover as shown in the image.
■
Manual Transmission Fluid
Specified fluid: Honda Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF)
1Manual Transmission Fluid
If Honda MTF is not available, you may use the API
certificated SAE 0 W-20 or 5 W-20 viscosity motor oil
as a temporary measure.
Replace with MTF as soon as possible. Motor oil does
not contain the proper additives for the transmission
and continued use can cause decreased shifting
performance and lead to transmission damage.
Under Cover
Bolt
1.8 ℓ engine
models
1.8 ℓ engine models
Bolt
Clip
Left Side
Under Cover
1.8 ℓ engine
models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 258 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
259
uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid
Maintenance
4. Remove the transmission filler bolt and
washer. Carefully feel inside the bolt hole
with your fingers.
u Check if the fluid level is up to the edge
of the bolt hole.
5. If the fluid level is not up to the edge of the
bolt hole, add Honda Manual Transmission
Fluid (MTF) until it runs out of the hole.
6. Put a new washer on the filler bolt, then
reinstall the filler bolt.
u Tightening torque:
33 lbf∙ft (44 N∙m, 4.5 kgf∙m)
7. Reinstall the left side under cover with the
holding clip and the bolt.
8. Reinstall the under cover with the bolts.
1.8 ℓ engine models
2.4 ℓ engine models
All models
1.8 ℓ engine models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 259 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
260
uuMaintenance Under the HooduBrake/Clutch Fluid
Maintenance
Brake/Clutch Fluid
Use the same fluid for both the brakes and clutch.
The fluid level should be between the MIN and
MAX marks on the side of the reservoir.
The fluid level should be between the MIN and
MAX marks on the side of the reservoir.
Specified fluid: Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
■
Checking the Brake Fluid
1Brake/Clutch Fluid
NOTICE
Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your
vehicle's braking system and can cause extensive
damage.
If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should
use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed
container as a temporary replacement.
Using any non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion
and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the
brake system flushed and refilled with Honda Heavy
Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible.
If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark,
have a dealer inspect for leaks or worn brake pads as
soon as possible.
Brake Reservoir
MIN
MAX
■
Checking the Clutch Fluid
1Checking the Clutch Fluid
If the clutch fluid level is at or below the MIN mark,
have a dealer inspect for leaks or an excessively worn
clutch plate as soon as possible.
Clutch Reservoir
MIN
MAX
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 260 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
261
uuMaintenance Under the HooduRefilling Window Washer Fluid
Maintenance
Refilling Window Washer Fluid
Check the amount of window washer fluid using the washer fluid level gauge on the
cap.
If the level is low, fill the washer reservoir.
1Refilling Window Washer Fluid
NOTICE
Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water
solution in the windshield washer reservoir.
Antifreeze can damage your vehicle's paint. A
vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield
washer pump.
Level Gauge
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 261 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
262
Maintenance
Replacing Light Bulbs
Headlight Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Remove the coupler.
u It can be removed by pushing the tab.
2. Rotate the old bulb to the left to remove.
3. Insert a new bulb into the headlight
assembly and turn it to the right.
4. Insert the coupler into the connector of the
bulb.
High beam headlight: 60 W (HB3)
Low beam headlight: 51 W (HB4)
■
High Beam Headlight
1Headlight Bulbs
NOTICE
Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit.
Oil, perspiration, or a scratch on the glass can cause
the bulb to overheat and shatter.
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the trunk, have the aiming readjusted
at a dealer or by a qualified technician.
The HB3 and HB4 types are halogen bulbs.
When replacing a bulb, handle it by its base, and
protect the glass from contact with your skin or hard
objects. If you touch the glass, clean it with
denatured alcohol and a clean cloth.
The exterior lights' inside lenses (headlights, brake
lamps, etc.) may fog temporarily after a vehicle wash
or while driving in the rain. This does not impact the
exterior light function.
However, if you see a large amount of water or ice
accumulated inside the lenses, have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.
Tab
Coupler
Bulb
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 262 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
Continued
263
uuReplacing Light BulbsuHeadlight Bulbs
Maintenance
1. Remove the holding clips (A). Push up the
tab, and remove the cover of the air intake
duct and its upper part.
1. Unlock the holding clips (B), then remove
the cover of the air intake duct.
Fold in the upper part of the air intake duct
to get enough working space.
■
Low Beam Headlights
1Low Beam Headlights
Pull the clip straight up to remove it.
Keep the head of the clip raised when you insert it,
push until it clicks.
Holding clip (A-type)
Cover
Tab
Clip (A)
Air
Intake
Duct
Driver side
1.8 ℓ engine models
Cover
Clip (B)
Air Intake Duct
2.4 ℓ engine models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 263 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuReplacing Light BulbsuHeadlight Bulbs
264
Maintenance
2. Remove the holding clip (C) using a flat-tip
screwdriver, then remove the upper part of
the windshield washer reservoir.
1Low Beam Headlights
Press down the central pin until it clicks to unlock it.
Push the central pin back to lock the clip. Then, insert
the clip into the hole and press on the central pin
until it is flat.
Holding clip (B-type)
Central pin
Push until
the pin is
flat.
Clip (C)
Passenger side
All models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 264 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
265
uuReplacing Light BulbsuHeadlight Bulbs
Maintenance
3. Remove the coupler.
u It can be removed by pushing the tab.
4. Rotate the old bulb to the left to remove.
5. Insert a new bulb into the headlight
assembly and turn it to the right.
6. Insert the coupler into the connector of the
bulb.
1Low Beam Headlights
Insert a flat-tip screwdriver, lift and remove the
central pin to remove the clip.
Insert the clip with the central pin raised, and push
until it is flat.
Holding clip (C-type)
Central pin
Push until the
pin is flat.
Tab
Coupler
Bulb
All models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 265 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
266
uuReplacing Light BulbsuFog Light Bulbs
*
Maintenance
Fog Light Bulbs
*
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Remove the screws using a Phillips-head
screwdriver and carefully pull the fog light
assembly out of the bumper.
2. Remove the coupler.
u It can be removed by pushing the tab.
3. Rotate the old bulb to the left to remove.
4. Insert a new bulb into the fog light
assembly and turn it to the right.
5. Insert the coupler into the connector of the
bulb.
Fog Light: 55 W (H11)
1Fog Light Bulbs
NOTICE
Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit. Oil, perspiration,
or a scratch on the glass can cause the bulb to
overheat and shatter.
The fog lights are halogen bulbs.
When replacing a bulb, handle it by its plastic case,
and protect the glass from contact with your skin or
hard objects. If you touch the glass, clean it with
denatured alcohol and a clean cloth.
Screws
Bulb
Coupler
Tab
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 266 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
267
uuReplacing Light BulbsuFront Turn Signal/Parking/Side Marker Light Bulbs
Continued
Maintenance
Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side Marker Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Turn the steering wheel all the way to the
opposite side from the light being replaced.
Passenger side: Turn the steering wheel to
the left.
Driver side: Turn the steering wheel to the
right.
2. Remove the holding clips, and a screw, and
pull the inner fender back.
2 Low Beam Headlights P. 265
3. Detach the air intake duct tube and swing it
out of the inner fender.
Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side Marker Light: 28/8 W
Clip
Inner
Fender
Screw
Air
Intake
Duct
Tube
2.4 ℓ engine models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 267 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
268
uuReplacing Light BulbsuFront Turn Signal/Parking/Side Marker Light Bulbs
Maintenance
4. Turn the socket to the left and remove it,
then remove the old bulb.
5. Insert a new bulb.
Bulb
Socket
All models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 268 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
269
uuReplacing Light BulbsuBrake Light, Taillight, Rear Side Marker Light, Back-Up Light, and Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs
Maintenance
Brake Light, Taillight, Rear Side Marker Light, Back-
Up Light, and Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Remove the holding clips using a flat-tip
screwdriver, then pull the lining back.
2 Low Beam Headlights P. 265
2. Pull out the clip.
3. Turn the socket to the left and remove it.
Remove the old bulb.
4. Insert a new bulb.
Brake/Taillight/Rear Side Marker Light: 21/5 W
Back-Up Light: 18 W
Rear Turn Signal Light: 21 W (Amber)
Lining
Clip
Bulb
Socket
Clip
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 269 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
270
uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear License Plate Light Bulb
Maintenance
Rear License Plate Light Bulb
When replacing, use the following bulb.
1. Open the trunk.
2. Remove the license plate light assembly by
squeezing the tabs on both sides of the
socket.
3. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.
Rear License Plate Light: 5 W
Bulb
Socket
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 270 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
271
uuReplacing Light BulbsuHigh-Mount Brake Light Bulb
Maintenance
High-Mount Brake Light Bulb
When replacing, use the following bulb.
1. Open the trunk.
2. Turn the socket to the left and remove it.
3. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.
High-mount brake light bulbs are LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer
inspect and replace the light bulbs.
High-Mount Brake Light: 21 W
DX, LX and Canadian EX models
Bulb
Socket
EX-L, Si and U.S. EX models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 271 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
272
Maintenance
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades
Checking Wiper Blades
If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the metal wiper
arm may scratch the window glass.
Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber
1. Lift the driver side wiper arm first, then the
passenger side.
2. Place a cloth on the edge of the lock tab.
Push the lock tab up with a flat-tip screw
driver.
3. Slide the blade from the wiper arm.
1Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE
Avoid dropping the wiper arm; it may damage the
windshield.
Lock Tab
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 272 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
273
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Wiper Blade Rubber
Maintenance
4. Slide the wiper blade out from its holder by
pulling the tabbed end out.
5. Remove the retainers from the rubber blade
that has been removed, and mount to a
new rubber blade.
u Correctly align the rubber protrusion and
the retainer grooves.
6. Slide the new wiper blade onto the holder
from the bottom end.
u The tab on the blade should fit in the
indent of the wiper blade.
7. Slide the wiper blade onto the wiper arm,
then push down the lock tab.
8. Lower the passenger side wiper arm first,
then the driver side.
Blade
Top
Retainer
Blade
Tab
Indent
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 273 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
274
Maintenance
Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires
To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in
good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated.
■ Inflation guidelines
Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and comfort.
Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label or specification’s page for the specified pressure.
Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and
are more likely to fail from overheating.
Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards,
and wear unevenly.
Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the
others, check the pressure with a tire gauge.
At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in
all tires, including the spare. Even tires in good condition can lose 1 to 2 psi (10 to
20 kPa, 0.1 to 0.2 kgf/cm
2
) per month.
■ Inspection guidelines
Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems.
Look for:
• Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts,
splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord.
• Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks.
• Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment.
• Excessive tread wear.
2 Wear Indicators P. 279
• Cracks or other damage around valve stem.
1Checking Tires
Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This
means the vehicle has been parked for at least three
hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If
necessary, add or release air until the specified
pressure is reached.
If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as
4–6 psi (30–40 kPa, 0.3–0.4 kgf/cm
2
) higher than if
checked when cold.
Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent
vibration while driving. New tires and any that have
been removed and reinstalled should be properly
balanced.
3
WARNING
Using tires that are excessively worn or
improperly inflated can cause a crash in
which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding tire inflation and
maintenance.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 274 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
275
uuChecking and Maintaining Tires uTire and Loading Information Label
Continued
Maintenance
Tire and Loading Information Label
The label attached to the driver’s doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading
information.
Tire Labeling
The tires that came on your vehicle have a
number of markings. Those you should be
aware of are described below.
Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size.
1Tire and Loading Information Label
The tire and loading information label attached to the
driver’s doorjamb contains:
a The number of people your vehicle can carry.
b The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not
exceed this weight.
c The original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare.
d The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and
spare.
Label
Example
Example
Tire Size
Tire
Identification
Number (TIN)
Maximum
Tire Load
Maximum
Tire Pressure
Tire Size
■
Tire Sizes
1Tire Size
Following is an example of tire size with an
explanation of what each component means.
P205/55 R16 89H
P: Vehicle type (P indicates passenger vehicle).
205: Tire width in millimeters.
55: Aspect ratio (the tire’s section height as a
percentage of its width).
R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial).
16: Rim diameter in inches.
89: Load index (a numerical code associated with the
maximum load the tire can carry).
H: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the
maximum speed rating).
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 275 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling
276
Maintenance
The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like
the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire.
Cold Tire Pressure – The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at
least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).
Load Rating – Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given
inflation pressure.
Maximum Inflation Pressure – The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can
hold.
Maximum Load Rating – Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum
permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
Recommended Inflation Pressure – The cold tire inflation pressure recommended
by the manufacturer.
Treadwear Indicators (TWI) – Means the projections within the principal grooves
designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.
■
Tire Identification Number (TIN)
■
Glossary of Tire Terminology
1Tire Identification Number (TIN)
DOT B97R FW6X 2209
DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all
requirements of the U.S. Department of
Transportation.
B97R: Manufacturer's identification mark.
FW6X: Tire type code.
22 09: Date of manufacture.
Year
Week
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 276 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
277
uuChecking and Maintaining Tires uDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
Continued
Maintenance
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety Requirements. All tires are
also graded for treadwear, traction, and temperature performance according
to Department of Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these
gradings.
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread
shoulder and maximum section width.
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire
when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as
on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of
tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart
significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices
and differences in road characteristcs and climate.
■
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
■
Treadwear
1Uniform Tire Quality Grading
For example:
Treadwear 200
Traction AA
Temperature A
All passenger car tires must conform
to Federal Safety Requirements in
addition to these grades.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 277 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
278
Maintenance
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades
represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under
controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and
concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire's
resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested
under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and
reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure.
The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car
tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test
test wheel than the minimum required by law.
■
Traction
■
Temperature
1Traction
Warning: The traction grade asssigned to
this tire is based on straight-ahead braking
traction tests, and does not include
acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or
peak traction characteristics.
1Temperature
Warning: The temperature grade fo r this tire
is established for a tire that is properly inflated
and not overloaded. Excessive speed, under-
inflation, or excessive loading, either
eparately or in combination, can cause heat
buildup and possible tire failure.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 278 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
279
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators
Maintenance
Wear Indicators
The groove where the wear indicator is
located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than
elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so
that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire.
Worn out tires have poor traction on wet
roads.
Tire Service Life
The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road
conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and
environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use).
In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is
recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five
years old. All tires, including the spare, should be removed from service after 10
years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear.
1Checking Tires
High speed driving
We recommend that you do not drive faster than the
posted speed limits and conditions allow. If you drive
at sustained high speeds (over 118 mph or 190 km/
h), adjust the cold tire pressures as shown below to
avoid excessive heat build up and sudden tire failure.
*1: Optional for U.S. models (summer tires)
Tire Size P215/45R17 87V
215/45ZR17 91W
*1
Pressure 35 psi (240 kPa, 2.4 kgf/cm
2
)
2.4 ℓ engine models
Example of a Wear
Indicator mark
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 279 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
280
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement
Maintenance
Tire and Wheel Replacement
Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and
maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tire’s sidewall). Using tires of a
different size or construction can cause the ABS and VSA
®
(vehicle stability assist)
system to work incorrectly.
It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isn’t possible, replace the
front or rear tires in pairs.
Make sure that the wheel’s specifications match those of the original wheels.
If you replace a wheel, only use TPMS specified wheels approved for your vehicle.
1Tire and Wheel Replacement
3
WARNING
Installing improper tires on your vehicle can
affect handling and stability. This can cause
a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or
killed.
Always use the size and type of tires
recommended in this owner’s manual.
U.S. models only
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 280 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
281
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation
Maintenance
Tire Rotation
Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the information display
*
/
multi-information display
*
helps to distribute wear more evenly and increase tire life.
■ Tires without rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
■ Tires with rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
1Tire Rotation
Tires with directional tread patterns should only be
rotated front to back (not from one side to the other).
Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation
indication mark facing forward, as shown below.
FRONT
Direction Mark
Front
Front
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 281 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
282
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWinter Tires
Maintenance
Winter Tires
If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked ”M+S” tires, snow
tires, or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles
when driving.
Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent
skidding.
Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the law.
When mounting, refer to the following points.
For winter tires:
• Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires.
• Mount the tires to all four wheels.
For tire chains:
• Install them on the front tires only.
• Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the
chains listed below:
• Follow the chain manufacturer's instruction when installing. Mount them as
tightly as you can.
• Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension.
• Drive slowly.
Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain SC1030
Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain SC1032
1Winter Tires
NOTICE
Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly
installed can damage your vehicle's brake lines,
suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are
hitting any part of the vehicle.
When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain
manufacturer's instructions regarding vehicle
operational limits.
If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be
aware that these tires are not designed for winter
driving conditions. For more information, contact a
dealer.
3
WARNING
Using the wrong chains, or not properly
installing chains, can damage the brake
lines and cause a crash in which you can be
seriously injured or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner's
manual regarding the selection and use of
tire chains.
Models with P195/65R15 tires
Models with P205/55R16 tires
Models with P215/45R17 tires
Models with 215/45ZR17 tires
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 282 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
283
Maintenance
Battery
Checking the Battery
Check the battery condition monthly. Look at
the test indicator window and check the
terminals for corrosion.
If your vehicle's battery is disconnected or goes dead:
• The audio system
*
is disabled.
2 Reactivating the audio system P. 142
• The clock resets.
2 Setting the Clock P. 98
• The navigation system
*
is disabled.
2 Refer to the navigation system manual
Charging the Battery
Disconnect both battery cables to prevent damaging your vehicle's electrical system.
Always disconnect the negative (–) cable first, and reconnect it last.
1Battery
WARNING: Battery post, terminals,
and related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds.
Wash your hands after handling.
The test indicator's color information is on the
battery.
When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals
by applying a baking powder and water solution.
Rinse the terminals with water. Cloth/towel dry the
battery. Coat the terminals with grease to help
prevent future corrosion.
3
WARNING
The battery gives off explosive hydrogen
gas during normal operation.
A spark or flame can cause the battery to
explode with enough force to kill or
seriously hurt you.
When conducting any battery
maintenance, wear protective clothing and
a face shield, or have a skilled technician do
it.
Test Indicator window
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 283 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
284
Maintenance
Remote Transmitter Care
*
Replacing the Battery
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.
1. Unscrew the cover with a small Phillips-
head screwdriver. Press a button to pry
open the transmitter.
2. Open the keypad.
u Separate the inner cover from the
keypad by releasing the two tabs on the
cover.
3. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
1Replacing the Battery
NOTICE
An improperly disposed of battery can damage the
environment. Always confirm local regulations for
battery disposal.
Replacement batteries are commercially available or
at a dealer.
Keypad
Screw
Battery type: CR1616
Battery
Tab
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 284 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
285
Maintenance
Heating and Cooling
*
System Maintenance
Dust and Pollen Filter
*
The heating and cooling system is equipped with a dust and pollen filter that collects
pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance Minder
TM
messages will let
you know when to replace the filter.
We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your
vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust.
1Dust and Pollen Filter
If the airflow from the heating and cooling system
deteriorates noticeably, and the windows fog up
easily, the filter may need to be replaced. Please
contact a dealer for replacement.
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 285 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
286
Maintenance
Cleaning
Interior Care
Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt.
Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue.
Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts.
Let the belts air dry. Wipe the openings of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth.
■
Cleaning Seat Belts
1Interior Care
Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle.
Electrical devices and systems may malfunction if
liquids are splashed on them.
Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices
such as audio devices and switches.
Doing so may cause the items to malfunction or a fire
inside the vehicle.
If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on
electrical devices, consult a dealer.
Depending on their composition, chemicals and
liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles,
and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles.
Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as
benzene or gasoline.
After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them
off using a dry cloth.
Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts
or textiles for long periods of time without washing.
Opening
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 286 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
287
uuCleaninguInterior Care
Maintenance
The driver’s and right rear passenger’s floor
mats hook over the floor anchors, which keep
the mats from sliding forward. To remove a
mat for cleaning, turn the anchor knobs to the
unlock position. When reinstalling the mat
after cleaning, turn the knobs to the lock
position.
Do not put additional floor mats on top of
the anchored mats.
Vacuum dirt and dust from the leather frequently. Pay close attention to the pleats
and seams. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a 90% water and
10% neutral soap solution. Then buff it with a clean, dry cloth. Remove any dust or
dirt on leather surfaces immediately.
■
Floor Mats
*
1Floor Mats
If you use any floor mats that were not originally
provided with your vehicle, make sure they are
designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and
are securely anchored by the floor anchors.
Position the rear seat floor mats properly. If they are
not properly positioned, the floor mats can interfere
with the front seat functions.
Lock
Unlock
Front
(Driver Side)
Lock
Unlock
Rear
(Right Side)
■
Maintaining Genuine Leather
*
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 287 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
288
uuCleaninguExterior Care
Maintenance
Exterior Care
Dust off the vehicle body after you drive.
Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches on painted surfaces. A scratch on a
painted surface can result in body rust. If you find a scratch, promptly repair it.
Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following
conditions:
• If driving on roads with road salt.
• If driving in coastal areas.
• If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.
Fold in the door mirrors. Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the
automated vehicle wash.
• Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body.
• Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to
enter the vehicle interior. Do not spray water into the engine compartment.
■
Washing the Vehicle
■
Using an Automated Vehicle Wash
■
Using High Pressure Cleaners
1Washing the Vehicle
Do not spray water into the air intake vents or engine
compartment. It can cause a malfunction.
Air Intake Vents
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 288 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
289
uuCleaninguExterior Care
Maintenance
A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicle’s paint from the
elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicle’s paint to the
elements, so reapply as necessary.
If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they
may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and
clean water.
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road
contaminants. Use a sponge and mild detergent to wipe away promptly.
Be careful not to use harsh chemicals (including some commercial wheel cleaners) or
a stiff brush. They can damage the clear coat of the aluminum alloy wheels that
helps keep the aluminum from corroding and tarnishing.
■
Applying Wax
■
Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
■
Cleaning the Window
■
Maintaining Aluminum Wheels
*
1Applying Wax
NOTICE
Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage
the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe up
spills immediately.
1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when
you want to repair the painted surface of the parts
made of resin.
1Cleaning the Window
Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window.
Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a
soft cloth so as not to damage them.
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 289 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
290
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 290 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
2012 Civic Coupe
291
Handling the Unexpected
This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.
Tools
Types of Tools .................................. 292
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire......................... 293
Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine........................ 300
Jump Starting.................................... 301
Shift Lever Does Not Move.............. 304
Overheating
How to Handle Overheating............. 305
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator
If the Charging System Indicator
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
If the Brake System Indicator Comes On.......309
If the EPS Indicator Comes On.......... 309
If the Low Tire Pressure Indicator
If the TPMS Indicator Comes On ...... 310
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Comes On or Blinks ....................... 311
Fuses
Fuse Locations ................................. 312
Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 315
Emergency Towing........................... 316
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 291 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
Comes On ................................... 307
Comes On ..................................... 307 Circuit Protected and Amps for
Comes On or Blinks ....................... 308
Comes On ..................................... 310
Each Fuse.......................................313
2012 Civic Coupe
293
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually
to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place. Replace the flat tire with a compact
spare tire. Go to a dealer as soon as possible to have the full size tire repaired or
replaced.
1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, and non-slippery ground.
2. Put the shift lever in
(P.
2. Put the shift lever in
(R.
3. Set the parking brake.
4. Turn on the hazard warning lights and turn the ignition switch to LOCK
(0.
1Changing a Flat Tire
Periodically check the tire pressure of the compact
spare. It should be set to the specified pressure.
Specified Pressure: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm
2
)
When driving with the compact spare tire, keep the
vehicle speed under 50 mph (80 km/h). Replace with
a full size tire as soon as possible.
The compact spare tire and wheel in your vehicle are
specifically for this model.
Do not use them with another vehicle.
Do not use another type of compact spare tire or
wheel with your vehicle.
Do not mount tire chains on a compact spare tire.
If a chain-mounted front tire goes flat, remove one of
the full-size rear tires and replace it with the compact
spare tire. Remove the flat front tire and replace it
with the full size tire that was removed from the rear.
Mount the tire chains on the front tire.
Do not use a puncture-repairing agent on a flat tire,
as it can damage the tire pressure sensor.
U.S. models only
Automatic transmission models
Manual transmission models
All models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 293 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
294
Handling the Unexpected
1. Open the trunk floor lid.
2. Take the tool case out of the trunk. Take
the jack and wheel nut wrench out of the
tool case.
3. Unscrew the wing bolt, and remove the
spacer cone. Then, remove the spare tire.
4. Place a wheel block or rock in front and rear
of the wheel diagonal to the flat tire.
■
Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire
1Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire
NOTICE
Do not mount the compact spare on the front. If
mounted on the front, the compact spare, smaller in
size than the normal tire, may damage the
differential.
If either front tire goes flat, remove the rear tire on
the same side, and mount the compact spare on the
rear and the rear tire on the front.
2.4 ℓ engine models
Tool Case
Spare Tire
Wheel
Blocks
The tire to be replaced.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 294 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
295
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
5. Place the compact spare tire (wheel side up)
under the vehicle body, near the tire that
needs to be replaced.
6. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn
using the wheel nut wrench.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 295 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
296
Handling the Unexpected
1. Place the jack under the jacking point
closest to the tire to be changed.
2. Turn the end bracket (as shown in the
image) clockwise until the top of the jack
contacts the jacking point.
u Make sure that the jacking point tab is
resting in the jack notch.
3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar
and the jack handle, until the tire is off the
ground.
■
How to Set Up the Jack
1How to Set Up the Jack
Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the
vehicle.
Use the jack provided in your vehicle.
Other jacks may not support the weight ("load") or
their shape may not match.
The following instructions must be followed to use
the jack safely.
• Do not use while the engine is running.
• Use only where the ground is firm and level.
• Use only at the jacking points.
• Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack.
• Do not put anything on top of or underneath the
jack.
3
WARNING
The vehicle can easily roll off the jack,
seriously injuring anyone underneath.
Follow the directions for changing a tire
exactly, and never get under the vehicle
when it is supported only by the jack.
Jack
Handle
Bar
Wheel Nut
Wrench as Jack Handle
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 296 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
Continued
297
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tire.
1. Remove the wheel nuts, wheel cover, and
flat tire.
2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel
with a clean cloth.
3. Mount the compact spare tire.
4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch the
lips around the mounting holes, and stop
rotating.
■
Replacing the Flat Tire
1Replacing the Flat Tire
Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra
torque using your foot or a pipe.
Do not attempt to forcibly pry the wheel cover off
with a screwdriver or other tool.
The wheel cover cannot be removed without first
removing the wheel nuts.
Models with wheel cover
Models with aluminum wheels
Wheel
Cover
Models with wheel cover
All models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 297 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
298
Handling the Unexpected
5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack.
Tighten the wheel nuts in the order
indicated in the image. Go around,
tightening the nuts, two to three times in
this order.
Wheel nut torque:
80 lbf∙ft (108 N∙m, 11 kgf∙m)
1. Remove the center cap.
2. Place the flat tire face down in the spare tire
well.
3. Remove the spacer cone from the wing
bolt, flip it over, and insert it back on the
bolt. Secure the flat tire with the wing bolt.
4. Securely put the jack and wheel nut wrench
back in the tool case. Store the case in the
trunk.
■
Storing the Flat Tire
1Storing the Flat Tire
3
WARNING
Loose items can fly around the interior in a
crash and can seriously injure the
occupants.
Store the wheel, jack, and tools securely
before driving.
Spacer
Cone
Wing
Bolt
For compact spare tire
For
normal
tire
Models with aluminum wheels
All models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 298 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
299
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the low tire pressure indicator comes on
while you are driving. After driving for a few miles (kilometers), the indicator will go
off and the TPMS indicator comes on, but this is normal.
If you replace the tire with a specified regular tire, the low tire pressure or TPMS
indicator will go off after a few miles (kilometers).
If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator
comes on while you are driving. After driving for a few miles (kilometers), the
indicator will start blinking for a short time and then stay on. CHECK TPMS
SYSTEM appears on the multi-information display, but this is normal.
If you replace the tire with a specified regular tire, the warning message on the
multi-information display and the TPMS indicator will go off after a few miles
(kilometers).
■
TPMS and the Spare Tire
1TPMS and the Spare Tire
The system cannot monitor the pressure of the spare
tire. Manually check the spare tire pressure to be sure
that it is correct.
Use TPMS specific wheels. Each is equipped with a
tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind
the valve stem.
U.S. models with information display
U.S. models with multi-information display
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 299 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
300
Handling the Unexpected
Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine
If the engine does not start, turn the ignition switch to START (e and check the
starter.
Starter condition Checklist
Starter doesn’t turn or turns
over slowly.
The battery may be dead. Check
each of the items on the right and
respond accordingly.
Check brightness of the interior light.
Turn on interior lights and check brightness.
●
If the interior lights are dim or do not come on at all
2 Battery P. 283
●
If the interior lights come on normally
2 Fuses P. 312
The starter turns over normally
but the engine doesn’t start.
There may be a problem with the
fuse. Check each of the items on
the right and respond accordingly.
Review the engine start procedure.
Follow its instructions, and try to start the engine again.
2 Starting the Engine P. 204
Check the immobilizer system indicator.
When the immobilizer system indicator is blinking, the engine cannot be started.
2 Immobilizer System P. 109
Check the fuel level.
There should be enough fuel in the tank.
2 Fuel Gauge P. 78
Check the fuse.
Check all fuses, or have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 315
If the problem continues:
2 Emergency Towing P. 316
1Checking the Engine
If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an
assisting vehicle to jump start it.
2 Jump Starting P. 301
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 300 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
301
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Jump Starting
Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the engine,
then open the hood.
1. Connect the first jumper cable to your
vehicle's battery + terminal.
2. Connect the other end of the first jumper
cable to the assisting vehicle's + terminal.
u Use a 12-volt booster battery only.
3. Connect the second jumper cable to the
assisting vehicle's - terminal.
■
Jump Starting Procedure
1Jump Starting
Securely attach the jumper cables clips so that they
do not come off when the engine vibrates. Also be
careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the
cable ends to touch each other while attaching or
detaching the jumper cables.
3
WARNING
A battery can explode if you do not follow
the correct procedure, seriously injuring
anyone nearby.
Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking
materials away from the battery.
Booster Battery
1.8 ℓ engine models
2.4 ℓ engine models
Booster Battery
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 301 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuJump Startingu
302
Handling the Unexpected
4. Connect the other end of the second
jumper cable to the engine mounting bolt
as shown.
Do not connect this jumper cable to any
other part.
5. If your vehicle is connected to another
vehicle, start the assisting vehicle's engine
and increase its rpm slightly.
6. Attempt to start your vehicle's engine. If it
turns over slowly, check that the jumper
cables have good metal-to-metal contact.
1Jump Starting
Battery performance degrades in cold conditions and
may prevent the engine from starting.
1.8 ℓ engine models
2.4 ℓ engine models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 302 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
303
uuJump Startingu
Handling the Unexpected
Once your vehicle's engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following
order.
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle's ground.
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the assisting vehicle's battery
- terminal.
3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle's battery + terminal.
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the assisting vehicle's battery
+ terminal.
Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer.
■
What to Do After the Engine Starts
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 303 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
304
Handling the Unexpected
Shift Lever Does Not Move
Follow the procedure below if you cannot move the shift lever out of the (P
position.
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Remove the key from the ignition switch.
3. Wrap a cloth around the tip of a small flat-
tip screwdriver and remove the cover of the
shift lock release slot.
u Put the tip of the flat-tip screwdriver into
the slot and remove it as shown in the
image.
4. Insert the key into the shift lock release slot.
5. While pushing on the key, press the shift
lever release button and place the shift lever
into
(N.
u The lock is now released. Have the shift
lever checked by a dealer as soon as
possible.
■
Releasing the Lock
Automatic transmission models
Slot
Cover
Release
Button
Shift Lock
Release Slot
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 304 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
305
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Overheating
How to Handle Overheating
Overheating symptoms are as follows:
• The high temperature indicator comes on or the engine suddenly loses power.
• Steam is coming out of the engine compartment.
■ First thing to do
1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place.
u Move the shift lever to
(P and set the parking brake. Turn off all accessories
and turn on the hazard warning lights.
u Move the shift lever to
(N and set the parking brake. Turn off all accessories
and turn on the hazard warning lights.
2. No steam coming out: Keep the engine running and open the hood.
Steam coming out: Turn off the engine and wait until steam goes away. Then,
open the hood.
1How to Handle Overheating
NOTICE
Continuing to drive with the high temperature
indicator on may damage the engine.
3
WARNING
Steam and spray from an overheated
engine can seriously scald you.
Do not open the hood if steam is coming
out.
Automatic transmission models
Manual transmission models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 305 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating
306
Handling the Unexpected
■ Next thing to do
1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and
stop the engine once the high temperature
indicator goes off.
u If the cooling fan is not operating,
immediately stop the engine.
2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect
the coolant level and check the cooling
system components for leaks.
u If the coolant level in the reserve tank is
low, add coolant until it reaches the
MAX mark.
u If there is no coolant in the reserve tank,
check that the radiator is cool. Cover the
radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open
the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to
the base of the filler neck, and put the
cap back on.
■ Last thing to do
Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, restart it and check the high temperature
indicator.
If the high temperature indicator is off, resume driving. If it stays on, contact a dealer
for repairs.
1How to Handle Overheating
If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs.
Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only.
Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze
as soon as possible.
3
WARNING
Removing the radiator cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the radiator cap.
MAX
Reserve
Tank
MIN
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 306 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
307
Handling the Unexpected
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low.
■ What to do as soon as the indicator comes on
1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place.
2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights on.
■ What to do after parking the vehicle
1. Stop the engine and let it sit for about one minute.
2. Open the hood and check the oil level.
u Add oil as necessary.
3. Start the engine and check the low oil pressure indicator.
u The light goes out: Start driving again.
u The light does not go out within 10 seconds: Stop the engine and
contact a dealer for repairs immediately.
If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the battery is not being charged.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Turn off the heating and cooling
*
system, rear defogger, and other
electrical systems, and immediately contact a dealer for repairs.
1If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
NOTICE
Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause
serious mechanical damage almost immediately.
1If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the
engine. Restarting the engine may rapidly discharge
the battery.
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 307 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
308
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
Handling the Unexpected
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or
Blinks
■ Reasons for indicator lamp to come on or blink
• Comes on when there is a problem with the engine emissions control
system, or the fuel fill cap is missing, or loose.
• Blinks when engine misfiring is detected.
■ What to do when the indicator lamp comes on
Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a
dealer.
■ What to do when the indicator lamp blinks
Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least
ten minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools.
■ The message appears on when:
An evaporative system leak is detected. This may be caused by the fuel fill cap being
loose or not being installed.
■ What to do when the message appears:
1. Stop the engine.
2. Check that the fuel fill cap is fully installed.
u If not, loosen the cap, and then retighten it until it clicks at least once.
3. Drive for several days of normal driving.
u The message should go off.
■ When the malfunction indicator lamp comes on
Malfunction indicator lamp comes on if the system continues to detect a leak of
gasoline vapor. If this happens, check the fuel fill cap using the procedures described
above.
■
Check/Tighten Fuel Cap Message
1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE
If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on,
the emissions control system and the engine could be
damaged.
If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when
restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at
31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle
inspected.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 308 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
309
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Brake System Indicator Comes On
Handling the Unexpected
If the Brake System Indicator Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• The brake fluid is low.
• There is a malfunction in the brake system.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on while driving
Press the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure.
• If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop.
• If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the
transmission to slow the vehicle using engine braking.
If the EPS Indicator Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• Comes on when there is a problem with EPS.
• If you depress the accelerator pedal repeatedly to increase the engine
speed while the engine is idling, the indicator comes on, and
sometimes the steering wheel becomes harder to operate.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and restart the engine.
If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.
1If the Brake System Indicator Comes On
Have your vehicle repaired immediately.
It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there
is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop
immediately in a safe place. If necessary downshift
the gears.
If the brake system indicator and ABS indicator come
on simultaneously, the electronic brake distribution
system is not working. This can result in vehicle
instability under sudden braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately.
U.S.
Canada
1If the EPS Indicator Comes On
NOTICE
If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an
extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel on
the full left or right position for a while, the system
heats up. The system goes into a protective mode,
and limits its performance. The steering wheel
becomes harder and harder to operate. Once the
system cools down, EPS is restored. Repeated
operation under these conditions can eventually
damage the system.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 309 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
310
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Low Tire Pressure Indicator Comes On
Handling the Unexpected
If the Low Tire Pressure Indicator Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
A tire pressure is significantly low. If the compact spare tire is installed,
the indicator stays on for a while, and then goes off.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the
pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on
the driver side doorjamb.
If the TPMS Indicator Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• Comes on when there is a problem with the TPMS.
• If the compact spare is installed, the indicator comes on after driving
for a few miles (kilometers).
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact
spare tire has triggered the indicator to comes on, change the tire to a
full size tire. The indicator goes off after a while.
U.S. models with information display
1If the Low Tire Pressure Indicator Comes On
NOTICE
Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause
it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always
inflate your tires to the prescribed level.
U.S. models with information display
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 310 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
311
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
Handling the Unexpected
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink
A tire pressure is significantly low. If there is a problem with the TPMS or
the compact spare tire is installed, the indicator blinks for about one
minute, and then stays on.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the
pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on
the driver side doorjamb.
■ What to do when the indicator blinks
Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact
spare tire has triggered the indicator to blink, change the tire to a full
size tire. The indicator goes off after a while.
U.S. models with multi-information display
1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE
Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause
it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always
inflate your tires to the prescribed level.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 311 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
On or Blinks
2012 Civic Coupe
312
Handling the Unexpected
Fuses
Fuse Locations
If any electrical devices are not working, turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 and
check to see if any applicable fuse is blown.
Located near the brake fluid reservoir. Push
the tabs to open the box.
Located under the dashboard.
■
Engine Compartment Fuse Box
1Engine Compartment Fuse Box
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box cover.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and
box cover number.
■
Interior Fuse Box
1Interior Fuse Box
Fuse locations are shown on the label on the side
panel.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and
label number.
Fuse Label
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 312 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
313
uuFusesuCircuit Protected and Amps for Each Fuse
Handling the Unexpected
Circuit Protected and Amps for Each Fuse
The current rating in brackets indicate that
you may find a fuse in the location even if
your particular model is not equipped with
the device the fuse is used for.
■
Engine Compartment
Circuit Protected Amps
1
EPS 70 A
− −
ABS/VSA Motor 30 A
ABS/VSA FSR 30 A
− −
Main Fuse 100 A
2
IG Main 50 A
Fuse Box Main 60 A
Fuse Box Main 2 60 A
Headlight Main 30 A
− −
Rear Defogger 40 A
−−
Blower 40 A
−−
Sub Fan Motor 20 A
Main Fan Motor 20 A
3 − −
4 Left Headlight Low Beam 10 A
5 Starter DIAG, ST MG 7.5 A
6 Right Headlight Low Beam 10 A
7 − −
8− −
9 − −
10 − −
11 Oil Level 7.5 A
12 Fog Lights
*
(20 A)
13 − −
14 Hazard 10 A
15 FI Sub 15 A
16 IG Coil 15 A
17 Stop 15 A
18 Horn 10 A
19 Premium Amp
*
(20 A)
20 − −
21 IGP 15 A
22 DBW 15 A
23 H/L LO 20 A
24 − −
25 MG Clutch 7.5 A
26 − −
27 SMALL 20 A
28 Interior Lights 7.5 A
29 Backup 10 A
Circuit Protected Amps
■
Interior
Circuit Protected Amps
1 − −
2 ACG 15 A
3 SRS 10 A
4 Fuel Pump 15 A
5 Meter 7.5 A
6 Power Window 7.5 A
7 VB SOL
*
(15 A)
8 Door Lock Motor 2 (Unlock) 15 A
9 Door Lock Motor 1 (Unlock) 15 A
10 − −
11 Moonroof
*
(20 A)
12
Accessory Power Socket
(Center Console)
*
(15 A)
13 − −
14 Seat Heaters
*
(15 A)
15
Driver’s Door Lock Motor
(Unlock)
*
(10 A)
16 − −
17 − −
18 − −
19 ACC 7.5 A
20 ACC Key Lock 7.5 A
21 Daytime Running Lights 7.5 A
22 HAC 7.5 A
23 − −
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 313 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
314
uuFusesuCircuit Protected and Amps for Each Fuse
Handling the Unexpected
24 ABS/VSA 7.5 A
25 − −
26 − −
27
Accessory Power Socket
(Front)
15 A
28 Washer 15 A
29 ODS 7.5 A
30
Driver’s Door Lock Motor
(Lock)
*
(10 A)
31 − −
32 Door Lock Motor 2 (Lock) 15 A
33 Door Lock Motor 1 (Lock) 15 A
34 Small Lights 7.5 A
35 Illumination 7.5 A
36 − −
37 − −
38 Left Headlight High Beam 10 A
39 Right Headlight High Beam 10 A
40 TPMS
*
(7.5 A)
41 Door Lock 20 A
42 Driver’s Power Window 20 A
43 − −
44
Front Passenger’s Side
Power Window
20 A
45 − −
46 Wiper 30 A
Circuit Protected Amps
* Not available on all models
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 314 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
315
uuFusesuInspecting and Changing Fuses
Handling the Unexpected
Inspecting and Changing Fuses
1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0. Turn
headlights and all accessories off.
2. Remove the fuse box cover.
3. Check the large fuse in the engine
compartment.
u If the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head
screwdriver to remove the screw and
replace it with a new one.
4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine
compartment and the vehicle interior.
u If there is a burned out fuse, remove it
with the fuse puller and replace it with a
new one.
1Inspecting and Changing Fuses
NOTICE
Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating
greatly increases the chances of damaging the
electrical system.
Replace fuse with a spare fuse of the same specified
amperage.
2 Circuit Protected and Amps for Each Fuse
P. 313
There is a fuse puller on the back of the engine
compartment fuse box cover.
Combined
Fuse
Blown Fuse
Fuse Puller
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 315 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
316
Handling the Unexpected
Emergency Towing
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.
■ Flat bed equipment
The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck.
This is the best way to transport your vehicle.
■ Wheel lift equipment
The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the front tires and lift them off
the ground. The rear tires remain on the ground. This is an acceptable way to
tow your vehicle.
1Emergency Towing
NOTICE
Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will
cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed
to support the vehicle's weight.
NOTICE
Improper towing such as towing behind a
motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the
transmission.
Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain.
It is very dangerous, since ropes or chains may shift
from side to side or break.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 316 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
317
Information
This chapter includes your vehicle's specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other
information required by regulation.
Specifications .................................... 318
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).. 322
Engine Number and Transmission
Number.........................................
322
Devices that Emit Radio Waves ....... 323
Reporting Safety Defects ................. 324
Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 325
Warranty Coverages ........................ 327
Authorized Manuals......................... 329
Customer Service Information......... 330
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 317 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
2012 Civic Coupe
318
Information
Specifications
■ Vehicle Specifications
*1: DX and LX models
*2: EX and EX-L models
Model Honda Civic 2-Door
No. of Passengers:
Front 2
Rear 3
Total 5
Weights:
Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating
U.S.: 3,660 lbs (1,660 kg)
*1
Canada: 1,660 kg
*1
U.S.: 3,792 lbs (1,720 kg)
*2
Canada: 1,720 kg
*2
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Front)
U.S.: 1,985 lbs (900 kg)
*1
Canada: 900 kg
*1
U.S.: 2,029 lbs (920 kg)
*2
Canada: 920 kg
*2
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Rear)
U.S.: 1,742 lbs (790 kg)
*1
Canada: 790 kg
*1
U.S.: 1,786 lbs (810 kg)
*2
Canada: 810 kg
*2
Air Conditioning:
Refrigerant Type HFC-134a (R-134a)
Charge Quantity 13.2 – 15.0 oz (375 – 425 g)
Lubricant Type SP-10
1.8 ℓ engine models
■ Engine Specifications
■ Fuel
■ Battery
■ Washer Fluid
Displacement 110 cu-in (1,798 cm
3
)
Spark Plugs
NGK DILZKR7B11GS
DENSO DXU22HCR-D11S
Fuel:
Type
Unleaded gasoline, Pump octane number
of 87 or higher
Fuel Tank Capacity 13.2 US gal (50 ℓ)
Capacity/Type 38AH(5)/47AH(20)
Tank Capacity
U.S.: 2.6 US qt (2.5 ℓ)
Canada: 4.8 US qt (4.5 ℓ)
■ Light Bulbs
*3: DX, LX and Canadian EX models
*4: EX-L and U.S. EX models
*5: Not available on all models
Headlights (Low Beam) 51W (HB4)
Headlights (High Beam) 60W (HB3)
Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side
Marker Lights
28/8W
Brake/Taillights/Rear Side Marker
Lights
21/5W
Back-Up Lights 18W
Rear Turn Signal Lights 21W (Amber)
High-Mount Brake Light
*3
21W
High-Mount Brake Light
*4
LED
Rear License Plate Light 5W
Trunk Light 5W
Interior Lights
Map Lights
*5
8W
Ceiling Light 8W
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 318 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
319
uuSpecificationsu
Continued
Information
■ Brake/Clutch Fluid
■ Automatic Transmission Fluid
■ Manual Transmission Fluid
Specified Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
Specified
Honda ATF DW-1
(automatic transmission fluid)
Capacity Change 2.5 US qt (2.4 ℓ)
Specified Honda Manual Transmission Fluid
Capacity Change 1.5 US qt (1.4 ℓ)
■ Engine Oil
■ Engine Coolant
Recommended
·Genuine Honda Motor Oil 0W-20
·API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil
Capacity
Change 3.7 US qt (3.5 ℓ)
Change
including
filter
3.9 US qt (3.7 ℓ)
Specified Honda Long-Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2
Ratio 50/50 with distilled water
Capacity
1.48 US gal (5.59 ℓ)
(change including the remaining
0.125 US gal (0.475 ℓ) in the reserve tank)
■ Tire
*1: DX and LX models
*2: EX and EX-L models
Regular
Size
P195/65R15 89H
*1
P205/55R16 89H
*2
Pressure
psi(kPa[kgf/cm
2
])
30 (210 [2.1])
*1
32 (220 [2.2])
*2
Compact
Spare
Size T135/80D15 99M
Pressure
psi(kPa[kgf/cm
2
])
60 (420 [4.2])
Wheel Size
Regular
15 x 6J
*1
16 x 6 1/2J
*2
Compact Spare 15 x 4T
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 319 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
320
uuSpecificationsu
Information
■ Vehicle Specifications
Model Honda Civic 2-Door
No. of Passengers:
Front 2
Rear 3
Total 5
Weights:
Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating
U.S.: 3,924 lbs (1,780 kg)
Canada: 1,780 kg
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Front)
U.S.: 2,116 lbs (960 kg)
Canada: 960 kg
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Rear)
U.S.: 1,830 lbs (830 kg)
Canada: 830 kg
Air Conditioning:
Refrigerant Type HFC-134a (R-134a)
Charge Quantity 13.2 – 15.0 oz (375 – 425 g)
Lubricant Type SP-10
2.4 ℓ engine models
■ Engine Specifications
■ Fuel
■ Battery
■ Washer Fluid
Displacement 144 cu-in (2,354 cm
3
)
Spark Plugs
NGK ILZKR7B-11S
DENSO SXU22HCR11S
Fuel:
Type
Unleaded gasoline, Pump octane number
of 91 or higher
Fuel Tank Capacity 13.2 US gal (50 ℓ)
Capacity/Type 38AH(5)/47AH(20)
Tank Capacity
U.S.: 2.6 US qt (2.5 ℓ)
Canada: 4.8 US qt (4.5 ℓ)
■ Light Bulbs
Headlights (Low Beam) 51W (HB4)
Headlights (High Beam) 60W (HB3)
Fog Lights 55W (H11)
Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side
Marker Lights
28/8W
Brake/Taillights/Rear Side Marker
Lights
21/5W
Back-Up Lights 18W
Rear Turn Signal Lights 21W (Amber)
High-Mount Brake Light LED
Rear License Plate Light 5W
Trunk Light 5W
Interior Lights
Map Lights 8W
Ceiling Light 8W
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 320 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
321
uuSpecificationsu
Information
■ Brake/Clutch Fluid
■ Manual Transmission Fluid
Specified Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
Specified Honda Manual Transmission Fluid
Capacity Change 2.0 US qt (1.9 ℓ)
■ Engine Oil
■ Engine Coolant
Recommended
·Genuine Honda Motor Oil 0W-20
·API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil
Capacity
Change 4.2 US qt (4.0 ℓ)
Change
including
filter
4.4 US qt (4.2 ℓ)
Specified Honda Long-Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2
Ratio 50/50 with distilled water
Capacity
1.45 US gal (5.5 ℓ)
(change including the remaining
0.125 US gal (0.475 ℓ) in the reserve tank)
■ Tire
*1: Optional for U.S. models (summer tires)
Regular
Size
P215/45R17 87V
215/45ZR17 91W
*1
Pressure
psi(kPa[kgf/cm
2
])
32 (220 [2.2])
Compact
Spare
Size T135/80D16 101M
Pressure
psi(kPa[kgf/cm
2
])
60 (420 [4.2])
Wheel Size
Regular 17 x 7J
Compact Spare 16 x 4T
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 321 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
322
Information
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your
vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle. See the
image below for the VIN locations.
Engine Number and Transmission Number
See the image below for the locations of your vehicle's engine number and
transmission number.
Vehicle Identification Number
Engine Number
Certification Label/
Vehicle Identification
Number
Manual Transmission
Number
Automatic Transmission
Number
2.4 ℓ engine models
1.8 ℓ engine models
Engine Number
Manual Transmission
Number
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 322 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
323
Information
Devices that Emit Radio Waves
The following products and systems on your vehicle emit radio waves when in
operation.
Each of the above complies with the appropriate requirements or the required
standards of FCC (Federal Communications Commission) and Industry Canada
Standard, described below:
As required by the FCC:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference,
and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS-210. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2)
this device must accept any interference that may cause undesired operation of the
device.
Audio System
Bluetooth
®
Audio
Bluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®
Immobilizer System
Remote Transmitter
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) (U.S. models only)
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 323 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
324
Information
Reporting Safety Defects
In the U.S.
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to
notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists
in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at:
1-888-327-4236
(TTY:
1-800-424-9153);
go to http://www.safercar.gov
Washington, DC 20590.
You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://
www.safercar.gov
.
In Canada
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada.
If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety
defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada
cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc.
To contact Transport Canada’s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510.
safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to
http://www.tc.gc.ca/
roadsafety
.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 324 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE.,
;
For more information on reporting
2012 Civic Coupe
325
Continued
Information
Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes
Your vehicle uses "readiness codes," as part of its onboard self diagnostic system.
Some states refer to these codes during testing to see if your vehicle's emissions
components are working properly.
The codes may not be read if you go through the testing just after the battery has
gone dead or been disconnected.
To check if they are set, turn the ignition switch to ON
(w, without starting the
engine. The malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it then
goes off, the readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes are
not set.
If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready,
prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following:
1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full.
2. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 6 hours or more.
3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40 °F and 95 °F (4 °C and 35 °C).
4. Start the engine without touching the accelerator pedal, and let it idle for 20
seconds.
5. Keep the vehicle in
(P (automatic transmission) or (N (manual transmission).
Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it there for about 3 minutes.
6. Let the engine idle with your foot off the accelerator for 20 seconds.
1Testing of Readiness Codes
The readiness codes are erased when the battery is
disconnected, and set again only after several days of
driving under a variety of conditions.
If a testing facility determines that the readiness
codes are not set, you may be requested to return at
a later date to complete the test.
If the testing facility determines the readiness codes
are still not set, see a dealer.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 325 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
326
uuEmissions TestinguTesting of Readiness Codes
Information
7. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed
of 50 to 60 mph (80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in
(D (automatic) or 5th (manual). Do not use cruise control. When traffic allows,
drive for 90 seconds without moving the accelerator pedal. (Vehicle speed may
vary slightly; this is okay.) If you cannot do this for a continuous 90 seconds
because of traffic conditions, drive for at least 30 seconds, then repeat it two
more times (for a total of 90 seconds).
8. Drive in city/suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions
allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal
or the brake pedal.
9. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 30 minutes.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 326 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
327
Continued
Information
Warranty Coverages
■ U.S. Owners
Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties:
New Vehicle Limited Warranty – covers your new vehicle, except for the
emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and
workmanship.
Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance
Warranty – these two warranties cover your vehicle’s emissions control systems.
Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for
exact information.
Seat Belt Limited Warranty – a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered
by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Rust Perforation Limited Warranty – all exterior body panels are covered for
rust-through from the inside for the specified time period with no mileage limit.
Accessory Limited Warranty – Honda accessories are covered under this
warranty. Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other
factors. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Replacement Parts Limited Warranty – covers all Honda replacement parts
against defects in materials and workmanship.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 327 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
328
uuWarranty Coveragesu
Information
Replacement Battery Limited Warranty – provides prorated coverage for a
replacement battery purchased from a dealer.
Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty – provides coverage for as
long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle.
Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the 2012 Honda
warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on
warranty coverages. Your vehicle’s original tires are covered by their manufacturer.
Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet.
■ Canadian Owners
Please refer to the 2012 warranty manual that came with your vehicle.
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 328 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
329
Information
Authorized Manuals
■ Service Express
For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to
Service Express. Visit www.techinfo.honda.com for pricing and options.
■ For U.S. Owners:
The publications listed below can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can
order a manual by phone at (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at
www.helminc.com.
Make an inquiry to Helm Inc. at (800) 782-4356 if you are interested in ordering
other models' or other years' manuals.
Publication
Form Number
Form Description
31TS8600 2012 Honda Civic 2-Door Owner’s Manual
31TS8800
2012 Honda Civic 2-Door Navigation
System Owner’s Manual
31TR3M00 2012 Honda Civic Service History
31TS8A00
31TS8B00
31TS8C00
2012 Honda Civic 2-Door Technology Reference Guide (DX)
2012 Honda Civic 2-Door Technology Reference Guide (LX)
2012 Honda Civic 2-Door Technology Reference Guide (EX/EX-L/Si)
31TS8D00
2012 Honda Civic 2-Door Technology Reference Guide
(EX/EX-L/Si with Navigation)
HON-R
Order Form for Previous Years-
Indicate Year and Model Desired
1Authorized Manuals
For Canadian Owners:
Si vous avez besoin d'un Manuel du Conducteur en
français, veuillez demander à votre concessionnaire
de commander le numéro de pièce 33TS8C00
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 329 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
330
Information
Customer Service Information
Honda dealership personnel are trained professionals.
They should be able to answer all your questions. If you encounter a problem that
your dealership does not solve to your satisfaction, please discuss it with the
dealership's service manager or general manager. If you are dissatisfied with the
decision made by the dealership's management, contact Honda Customer Services.
U.S. Owners:
American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
Honda Automobile Customer Services
Mail Stop 500-2N-7A
1919 Torrance Blvd.
Torrance, CA 90501-2746
Tel: (800) 999-1009
Canadian Owners:
Honda Canada Inc.
Customer Relations
180 Honda Boulevard
Markham, ON
L6C 0H9
Tel: 1-888-9-HONDA-9
Fax: 1-877-939-0909
E-mail: [email protected]
In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin
Islands:
Bella International
P.O. Box 190816
San Juan, PR 00919-0816
Tel: (787) 620-7546
1Customer Service Information
When you call or write, please give us the following
information:
• Vehicle Identification Number
2 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
P. 322
• Date of purchase
• Odometer reading of your vehicle
• Your name, address, and telephone number
• A detailed description of the problem
• Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 330 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
TOC
2012 Civic Coupe
Index
331
Index
Index
A
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)..................
224
Accessories and Modifications ................ 231
Accessory Power Sockets ......................... 133
Additives
Coolant ..................................................
255
Engine Oil ............................................... 248
Washer ................................................... 261
Adjusting
Front Seats..............................................
123
Head Restraints....................................... 125
Mirrors.................................................... 122
Rear Seats............................................... 129
Steering Wheel ....................................... 121
Temperature ............................................. 85
Air Conditioning System (Heating and
Cooling System)......................................
136
Cooling................................................... 138
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows ..............................................
138
Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 285
Heating................................................... 137
Air Pressure .............................. 275, 319, 321
Airbags ....................................................... 35
Advanced Airbags..................................... 41
After a Collision ........................................ 39
Airbag Care .............................................. 49
Event Data Recorder ................................. 21
Front Airbags (SRS) ................................... 38
Indicator ....................................... 46, 69, 73
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator.................. 47
Sensors...................................................... 35
Side Airbag Cutoff System ......................... 44
Side Airbag Off Indicator ........................... 48
Side Airbags .............................................. 42
Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 45
AM/FM Radio .................................... 145, 154
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 224
Indicator.................................................... 69
Audio Remote Controls............................ 152
Audio System ............................................ 140
Adjusting the Sound........................ 144, 153
Auxiliary Input Jack .................................. 141
Error Messages ........................................ 168
General Information ................................ 170
MP3/WMA/AAC ...................................... 163
Reactivating............................................. 142
Recommended CDs ................................. 170
Recommended Devices ............................ 172
Remote Controls ..................................... 152
Security Code .......................................... 142
Theft Protection....................................... 142
USB Adapter Cable.................................. 141
USB Flash Drives ...................................... 172
Authorized Manuals................................. 329
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking ................. 105
Customize ................................................. 92
Automatic Lighting .................................. 116
Automatic Transmission........................... 207
Creeping ................................................. 207
Fluid ........................................................ 257
Kickdown ................................................ 207
Operating the Shift Lever................... 15, 209
Shift Lever Does Not Move ...................... 304
Shifting ................................................... 208
Auxiliary Input Jack.................................. 141
Average Fuel Economy ........................ 81, 84
Average Speed ........................................... 84
B
Battery ......................................................
283
Charging System Indicator................. 67, 307
Jump Starting.......................................... 301
Maintenance (Checking the Battery)........ 283
Maintenance (Replacing) ......................... 284
Belts (Seat).................................................. 28
Beverage Holders ..................................... 132
Bluetooth
®
Audio .....................................
166
Bluetooth
®
HandsFreeLink
®
.....................
173
Booster Seats (For Children) ...................... 61
Brake System ............................................ 222
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)................... 224
Brake Assist System ................................. 225
Fluid........................................................ 260
Foot Brake............................................... 223
Indicator............................................ 66, 309
Parking Brake.......................................... 222
Brightness Control (Instrument Panel).... 119
Bulb Replacement .................................... 262
Brake Lights, Taillights, Rear Side Marker
lights, Back-Up Lights and Rear Turn Signal
Lights ....................................................
269
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 331 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
2012 Civic Coupe
332
Index
Fog Lights................................................ 266
Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side Marker
Lights.....................................................
267
Headlights ............................................... 262
High-Mount Brake Light .......................... 271
Rear License Plate Light............................ 270
Bulb Specifications............................ 318, 320
C
Carbon Monoxide Gas................................
62
Carrying Cargo.................................. 199, 201
CD Player........................................... 147, 157
Certification Label .................................... 322
Changing Bulbs......................................... 262
Charging System Indicator................. 67, 307
Child Safety................................................. 50
Emergency Trunk Opener ........................ 108
Child Seat .................................................... 50
Booster Seats............................................. 61
Child Seat for Infants ................................. 52
Child Seat for Small Children ..................... 53
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder
Seat Belt ..................................................
57
Larger Children.......................................... 60
Rear-facing Child Seat ............................... 52
Selecting a Child Seat ................................ 54
Using a Tether ........................................... 59
Cleaning the Exterior ............................... 288
Cleaning the Interior ................................ 286
Clock ............................................................ 98
Clutch Fluid............................................... 260
Coat Hook................................................. 134
Compact Spare Tire .................. 293, 319, 321
Console Compartment ............................. 131
Controls....................................................... 97
Coolant (Engine) ...................................... 255
Adding to the Radiator............................ 256
Adding to the Reserve Tank..................... 255
High Temperature Indicator....................... 69
Low Temperature Indicator........................ 74
Overheating ............................................ 305
Creeping (Automatic Transmission) ........ 207
Cruise Control........................................... 213
Indicator.................................................... 75
Cup Holders .............................................. 132
Customer Service Information................. 330
Customized Features.................................. 86
D
Daytime Running Lights .......................... 1
17
Dead Battery............................................. 301
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows ................................................. 1
38
Devices that Emit Radio Waves ............... 323
Dimming
Headlights...............................................
115
Rearview Mirror....................................... 122
Dipstick (Engine Oil)................................. 249
Directional Signals (Turn Signal) ............. 115
Display/Information Button....................... 82
Door Mirrors............................................. 122
Doors .......................................................... 99
Auto Door Locking.................................. 105
Auto Door Unlocking .............................. 105
Door Open Indicator ........................... 27, 70
Keys.......................................................... 99
Locking/Unlocking the Doors
from the Inside......................................
103
Locking/Unlocking the Doors
from the Outside...................................
101
Lockout Prevention System ..................... 102
DOT Tire Quality Grading........................ 277
Driving ...................................................... 197
Automatic Transmission .......................... 207
Braking ................................................... 222
Cruise Control ........................................ 213
Shifting Gear .................................. 208, 210
Starting the Engine ................................. 204
Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 285
E
Eco Assist System..........................................
7
ECON Button ............................................ 120
Elapsed Time .............................................. 84
Electric Power Steering System (EPS)
Indicator ...........................................
71, 309
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ............ 216
Emergency Towing .................................. 316
Emergency Trunk Opener ....................... 108
Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes) ...... 325
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 332 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
2012 Civic Coupe
333
Index
Engine....................................................... 322
Coolant .................................................. 255
Jump Starting ......................................... 301
Oil .......................................................... 248
Starting................................................... 204
Switch Buzzer ......................................... 114
Engine Coolant ........................................ 255
Adding to the Radiator ........................... 256
Adding to the Reserve Tank .................... 255
High Temperature Indicator ...................... 69
Low Temperature Indicator ....................... 74
Overheating............................................ 305
Engine Oil................................................. 248
Adding ................................................... 251
Checking ................................................ 249
Displaying Oil Life ........................... 237, 241
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 66, 307
Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 248
EPS (Electric Power Steering System)
Indicator ...........................................
71, 309
Exhaust Gas Hazard
(Carbon Monoxide)..................................
62
Exterior Care (Cleaning) .......................... 288
Exterior Mirrors........................................ 122
F
Features ....................................................
139
Filters
Dust and Pollen.......................................
285
Oil .......................................................... 252
Flat Tire ..................................................... 293
Floor Mats ................................................. 287
Fluids
Automatic Transmission...........................
257
Brake/Clutch............................................ 260
Engine Coolant........................................ 255
Manual Transmission ............................... 258
Windshield Washer.................................. 261
Fog Light Indicator ..................................... 73
Folding Down the Rear Seats .................. 129
Foot Brake................................................. 223
Front Airbags (SRS)..................................... 38
Front Seats ................................................ 123
Adjusting................................................. 123
Fuel...................................................... 16, 227
Economy ................................................. 230
Gauge ....................................................... 78
Instant Fuel Economy........................... 78, 85
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 68
Range.................................................. 81, 84
Recommendation .................................... 227
Refueling................................................. 227
Fuel Economy............................................ 230
Fuel Fill Cap......................................... 16, 229
Message.................................................. 308
Fuel Fill Door....................................... 16, 228
Fuses .......................................................... 312
Inspecting and Changing......................... 315
Locations................................................. 312
G
Gasoline (Fuel)
Economy.................................................
230
Gauge....................................................... 78
Information ............................................. 227
Instant Fuel Economy .......................... 78, 85
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 68
Refueling................................................. 227
Gauges ........................................................ 78
Gear Shift Lever Positions
Automatic Transmission ..........................
208
Manual Transmission............................... 211
Glass (care)................................................ 289
Glove Box.................................................. 131
H
Halogen Bulbs ..................................
262, 266
Handling the Unexpected........................ 291
HandsFreeLink
®
(HFL)...............................
173
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and
Call History............................................
187
Automatic Transferring............................ 185
Caller’s ID Information............................. 185
HFL Buttons............................................. 173
HFL Menus .............................................. 175
HFL Status Display ................................... 174
Making a Call.......................................... 191
Options During a Call .............................. 196
Phone Setup............................................ 179
Receiving a Call....................................... 195
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 333 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
Index
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
2012 Civic Coupe
334
Index
Speed Dial ............................................... 188
To Clear the System................................. 186
To Create a Security PIN........................... 184
Hazard Warning Button............................... 2
Head Restraints......................................... 125
Headlights ................................................. 115
Aiming .................................................... 262
Automatic Operation ............................... 116
Dimming ......................................... 115, 117
Operating ................................................ 115
Heaters (Seat)............................................ 135
Heating and Cooling System.................... 136
Cooling ................................................... 138
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows ...............................................
138
Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 285
Heating ................................................... 137
HFL (HandsFreeLink
®
) ...............................
173
High-Beam Indicator .................................. 73
I
Identification Numbers ............................
322
Engine and Transmission.......................... 322
Vehicle Identification ............................... 322
Ignition Switch.......................................... 114
Illumination Control ................................. 119
Knob ....................................................... 119
Immobilizer System .................................. 109
Indicator .................................................... 74
Indicators .................................................... 66
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)..................... 69
Charging System ............................... 67, 307
CRUISE CONTROL ............................. 75, 214
CRUISE MAIN .................................... 75, 213
Daytime Running Lights............................. 71
Door Open .......................................... 27, 70
ECON Mode...................................... 75, 120
EPS (Electric Power Steering
System) ...........................................
71, 309
Fog Light................................................... 73
High Temperature ..................................... 69
High-Beam ................................................ 73
Immobilizer System ................................... 74
i-VTEC................................................. 75, 79
Lights On .................................................. 73
Low Fuel ................................................... 68
Low Oil Pressure................................ 66, 307
Low Temperature ...................................... 74
Low Tire Pressure .............................. 72, 218
Low Tire Pressure/TPMS............. 72, 218, 219
Maintenance Minder ......................... 75, 237
Malfunction Indicator Lamp............... 67, 308
Parking Brake and Brake System........ 66, 309
REV ..................................................... 75, 79
Seat Belt Reminder .............................. 29, 68
Security System Alarm ............................... 74
Shift Lever Position .................................... 67
Side Airbag Off ................................... 48, 73
Supplemental Restraint System............ 46, 69
System Message........................................ 72
TPMS ................................................ 71, 220
Transmission ............................................. 68
Trunk Open .............................................. 71
Turn Signal ............................................... 73
VSA
®
(Vehicle Stability Assist)
System ............................................
70, 216
VSA
®
OFF..........................................
70, 217
Information .............................................. 317
Information Display ................................... 80
Instant Fuel Economy .......................... 78, 85
Instrument Panel........................................ 65
Brightness Control .................................. 119
Interior Lights........................................... 130
Interior Rearview Mirror ......................... 122
i-VTEC and REV Indicators ......................... 79
J
Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench)........................
296
Jump Starting........................................... 301
K
Key Number Tag ......................................
100
Keyless Lockout Prevention..................... 102
Keys............................................................. 99
Lockout Prevention ................................. 102
Master Keys .............................................. 99
Number Tag............................................ 100
Remote Transmitter ................................ 101
Types and Functions.................................. 99
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 334 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
Index
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
2012 Civic Coupe
335
Index
Valet Key ................................................ 100
Won’t Turn ............................................... 19
Kickdown (Automatic Transmission) ...... 207
L
Language (HFL) ........................................
174
LATCH (Child Seats) ................................... 55
Lights ................................................ 115, 262
Automatic............................................... 116
Bulb Replacement ................................... 262
Daytime Running Lights .......................... 117
Fog Lights ............................................... 117
High-Beam Indicator ................................. 73
Interior.................................................... 130
Light Switches......................................... 115
Lights On Indicator.................................... 73
Turn Signals ............................................ 115
Load Limits ............................................... 201
Locking/Unlocking the Doors.................... 99
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking ................. 105
From Inside ............................................. 103
From Outside .......................................... 101
Keys.......................................................... 99
Using a Key............................................. 102
Lockout Prevention System ..................... 102
Low Battery Charge ................................. 307
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 68
Low Oil Pressure Indicator................. 66, 307
Lower Anchors ........................................... 55
Lubricant Specifications Chart ........ 319, 321
Luggage (Maximum Load Limit) ............. 201
M
Maintenance.............................................
233
Battery .................................................... 283
Brake/Clutch Fluid ................................... 260
Cleaning.................................................. 286
Coolant ................................................... 255
Heating and Cooling System.................... 285
Maintenance Minder™............................ 237
Oil ........................................................... 249
Precautions.............................................. 234
Radiator .................................................. 256
Remote Transmitter ................................. 284
Replacing Light Bulbs............................... 262
Safety...................................................... 235
Service Items ................................... 239, 243
Tires ........................................................ 274
Transmission Fluid ................................... 257
Under the Hood ...................................... 245
Malfunction Indicator Lamp .............. 67, 308
Manual Transmission................................ 210
Map Lights ................................................ 130
Maximum Load Limit ............................... 201
Meters, Gauges........................................... 78
Mirrors....................................................... 122
Adjusting................................................. 122
Door........................................................ 122
Exterior.................................................... 122
Interior Rearview ..................................... 122
Modifications (and Accessories) .............. 231
Moonroof ................................................. 113
MP3 ........................................... 147, 157, 163
Multi-Information Display ......................... 82
N
Numbers (Identification)..........................
322
O
Odometer .............................................
80, 83
Oil (Engine)............................................... 248
Adding.................................................... 251
Checking................................................. 249
Displaying Oil Life............................ 237, 241
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 66, 307
Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 248
Viscosity.................................................. 248
Opening/Closing
Hood.......................................................
247
Moonroof ............................................... 113
Power Windows...................................... 111
Trunk ...................................................... 106
Outside Temperature Display.................... 85
Overheating.............................................. 305
P
Panic Mode ...............................................
110
Parking...................................................... 226
Parking Brake ........................................... 222
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 335 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
Index
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
2012 Civic Coupe
336
Index
Parking Brake and Brake System
Indicator ............................................
66, 309
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator ................. 47
Passing Indicators ..................................... 115
Power Windows........................................ 111
Precautions While Driving........................ 206
Rain......................................................... 206
Pregnant Women ....................................... 33
Puncture (Tire) .......................................... 293
R
Radiator.....................................................
256
Radio (AM/FM).................................. 145, 154
Radio Data System (RDS).................. 146, 156
Range .................................................... 81, 84
RDS (Radio Data System).................. 146, 156
Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing) ....... 325
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
Button......................................................
120
Rear Seat Access........................................ 128
Rear Seats (Folding Down)....................... 129
Rearview Mirror........................................ 122
Refueling................................................... 227
Fuel Gauge ................................................ 78
Gasoline .................................. 227, 318, 320
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 68
Regulations ............................... 219, 277, 323
Remote Transmitter.................................. 101
Replacement
Battery.....................................................
284
Bulbs....................................................... 262
Fuses....................................................... 312
Tires ........................................................ 280
Wiper Blade Rubber ................................ 272
Reporting Safety Defects ......................... 324
Resetting a Trip Meter ......................... 80, 83
S
Safe Driving ................................................
23
Safety Check ............................................... 27
Safety Labels............................................... 63
Safety Message........................................... 22
Seat Belts .................................................... 28
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners ................. 30
Checking................................................... 34
Fastening .................................................. 31
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder
Seat Belt..................................................
57
Pregnant Women ...................................... 33
Reminder .................................................. 29
Warning Indicator ............................... 29, 68
Seat Heaters.............................................. 135
Seats .......................................................... 123
Adjusting ................................................ 123
Front Seats .............................................. 123
Rear Seats ............................................... 129
Seat Heaters............................................ 135
Security System......................................... 109
Immobilizer System Indicator ..................... 74
Security System Alarm Indicator................. 74
SEL/RESET Knob.................................... 80, 82
Select Lever ................................ 15, 208, 210
Operation ................................. 15, 209, 210
Releasing ................................................ 304
Won’t Move ........................................... 304
Selecting a Child Seat ................................ 54
Selector Knob (Audio) ..................... 143, 151
Setting the Clock........................................ 98
Shift Lever .................................. 15, 208, 210
Shift Lever Position Indicator ............ 67, 209
Shifting (Transmission) .................... 208, 210
Side Airbags ............................................... 42
Cutoff System........................................... 44
Off Indicator ............................................. 48
Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 45
Snow Tires ................................................ 282
Spare Tire ................................. 293, 319, 321
Spark Plugs ....................................... 318, 320
Specifications ........................................... 318
Specified Fuel ........................... 227, 318, 320
Speedometer.............................................. 78
SRS Airbags (Airbags) ................................ 38
Starting the Engine.................................. 204
Does Not Start ........................................ 300
Engine Switch Buzzer.............................. 114
Jump Starting ......................................... 301
Steering Wheel ........................................ 121
Adjusting ................................................ 121
Stopping................................................... 226
Summer Tires............................................ 282
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ....... 38
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 336 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
Index
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
2012 Civic Coupe
337
Index
Switches (Around the Steering
Wheel) ............................................
2, 3, 114
System Message Indicator ......................... 72
T
Tachometer ................................................
78
Temperature
High Temperature Indicator ......................
69
Low Temperature Indicator ....................... 74
Outside Temperature Display .................... 85
Temperature Sensor .................................. 85
Time (Setting)............................................. 98
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS).....................................................
218
Indicator ............................. 71, 72, 310, 311
Tires .......................................................... 274
Air Pressure............................. 275, 319, 321
Checking and Maintaining ...................... 274
Inspection ............................................... 274
Labeling.................................................. 275
Puncture (Flat Tire) .................................. 293
Regulations............................................. 277
Rotation.................................................. 281
Spare Tire ............................... 293, 319, 321
Summer.................................................. 282
Tire Chains.............................................. 282
Wear Indicators....................................... 279
Winter .................................................... 282
Tools ......................................................... 292
Towing a Trailer....................................... 203
Towing Your Vehicle ................................ 203
Emergency .............................................. 316
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring
System) ....................................................
218
Indicator.............................. 71, 72, 310, 311
Transmission ..................................... 208, 210
Automatic ............................................... 208
Fluid ................................................ 257, 258
Manual.................................................... 210
Number................................................... 322
Shift Lever Position Indicator .............. 67, 209
Trip Meter ............................................. 80, 83
Troubleshooting ....................................... 291
Blown Fuse.............................................. 312
Brake Pedal Vibrates .................................. 19
Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door.......... 20
Emergency Towing .................................. 316
Engine Won’t Start .................................. 300
Noise When Braking .................................. 20
Overheating ............................................ 305
Premium Gasoline ........................... 227, 320
Puncture/Flat Tire..................................... 293
Shift Lever Won’t Move ........................... 304
Warning Indicators .................................... 66
Trunk ......................................................... 106
Lid........................................................... 106
Light Bulb........................................ 318, 320
Turn Signals .............................................. 115
Indicators (Instrument Panel)...................... 73
U
Unlocking the Doors ................................
101
Unlocking the Doors from the Inside........ 11
USB Adapter Cable........................... 140, 141
USB Flash Drives ....................................... 172
V
Valet Key...................................................
100
Vanity Mirrors............................................... 5
Vehicle Identification Number ................ 322
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA
®
)..................
216
Off Button............................................... 217
Off Indicator.............................................. 70
System Indicator........................................ 70
Viscosity (Oil) ............................ 248, 319, 321
VSA
®
(Vehicle Stability Assist)..................
216
W
Wallpaper ...................................................
93
Warning and Information Messages......... 76
Warning Indicator On/Blinking ............... 307
Warning Labels........................................... 63
Warranties (Warranty Manual provided
separately) ..............................................
327
Watts................................................. 318, 320
Wear Indicators (Tire) .............................. 279
Wheel Cover ............................................. 297
Wheel Nut Wrench (Jack Handle) ........... 296
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 337 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
Index
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
2012 Civic Coupe
338
Index
Window Washers...................................... 118
Adding/Refilling Fluid............................... 261
Switch ..................................................... 118
Windows (Opening and Closing)............. 111
Windshield ................................................ 118
Cleaning.................................................. 289
Defrosting/Defogging .............................. 138
Washer Fluid............................................ 261
Wiper Blades ........................................... 272
Wipers and Washers ................................ 118
Winter Tires............................................... 282
Snow Tires............................................... 282
Tire Chains .............................................. 282
Wipers and Washers................................. 118
Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades ..... 272
WMA ......................................... 147, 157, 163
Worn Tires................................................. 274
CIVIC 2D-31TS8600.book 338 ページ ２０１１年３月７日 月曜日 午後１時１０分
Home
QRG
Index
Index
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
2012 Civic Coupe
